WO2022214013A1 - Resource determination method and apparatus, and terminal, network-side device and storage medium - Google Patents

Resource determination method and apparatus, and terminal, network-side device and storage medium Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022214013A1
WO2022214013A1 PCT/CN2022/085473 CN2022085473W WO2022214013A1 WO 2022214013 A1 WO2022214013 A1 WO 2022214013A1 CN 2022085473 W CN2022085473 W CN 2022085473W WO 2022214013 A1 WO2022214013 A1 WO 2022214013A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
indication information
subband
frequency domain
frequency
target
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/085473
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
鲁智
潘学明
李娜
Original Assignee
维沃移动通信有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 维沃移动通信有限公司 filed Critical 维沃移动通信有限公司
Publication of WO2022214013A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022214013A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA

Definitions

  • the present application belongs to the field of communication technologies, and specifically relates to a resource determination method, apparatus, terminal, network side device and storage medium.
  • the network configures a bandwidth part (Bandwidth Part, BWP) and/or a carrier for the terminal to perform data transmission.
  • BWP Bandwidth Part
  • the BWP After the current network is configured to the terminal BWP, the BWP is fixed. However, the uplink and downlink services of the terminal are not asymmetric. In some scenarios, the uplink traffic volume is greater than the downlink traffic volume, but in other scenarios, the downlink traffic volume is greater than the uplink traffic volume. This will lead to inefficient utilization of system resources, and the transmission feedback delay may be prolonged, which is not conducive to low-latency services.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a resource determination method, apparatus, terminal, network-side device, and storage medium, which can solve the problems of low system resource utilization efficiency and prolonged transmission feedback delay.
  • a resource determination method comprising:
  • the terminal receives the frequency domain format indication information sent by the network side device;
  • the terminal determines, based on the frequency-domain format indication information, a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit;
  • the target transmission direction includes: an uplink direction, a downlink direction, or a flexible direction;
  • the flexible subband whose target transmission direction is the flexible direction may be used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission.
  • a resource determination method comprising:
  • the network side device sends frequency-domain format indication information, where the frequency-domain format indication information is used to indicate a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit;
  • the target transmission direction includes: an uplink direction, a downlink direction, or a flexible direction;
  • the flexible subband whose target transmission direction is the flexible direction may be used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission.
  • a resource determination device comprising:
  • a first receiving module configured to receive frequency domain format indication information sent by a network side device
  • a first determining module configured to determine, based on the frequency-domain format indication information, a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit;
  • the target transmission direction includes: an uplink direction, a downlink direction, or a flexible direction;
  • the flexible subband whose target transmission direction is the flexible direction may be used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission.
  • a resource determination device comprising:
  • a first sending module configured to send frequency-domain format indication information, where the frequency-domain format indication information is used to indicate a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit;
  • the target transmission direction includes: an uplink direction, a downlink direction, or a flexible direction;
  • the flexible subband whose target transmission direction is the flexible direction may be used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission.
  • a terminal in a fifth aspect, includes a processor, a memory, and a program or instruction stored on the memory and executable on the processor, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor.
  • a terminal including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is used for:
  • the processor is used to:
  • the target transmission direction includes: an uplink direction, a downlink direction, or a flexible direction;
  • the flexible subband whose target transmission direction is the flexible direction may be used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission.
  • a network side device in a seventh aspect, includes a processor, a memory, and a program or instruction stored on the memory and executable on the processor, the program or instruction being executed by the The processor implements the steps of the method as described in the first aspect when executed.
  • a network-side device including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is used for:
  • frequency-domain format indication information where the frequency-domain format indication information is used to indicate a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit;
  • the target transmission direction includes: an uplink direction, a downlink direction, or a flexible direction;
  • the flexible subband whose target transmission direction is the flexible direction may be used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission.
  • a readable storage medium is provided, and a program or an instruction is stored on the readable storage medium, and when the program or instruction is executed by a processor, the steps of the method described in the first aspect are implemented, or the steps as described in the first aspect are implemented.
  • the steps of the method of the second aspect are implemented.
  • a tenth aspect provides a chip, the chip includes a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is configured to run a program or an instruction to implement the method according to the first aspect steps, or steps of implementing the method according to the second aspect.
  • a computer program/program product the computer program/program product being stored in a storage medium, the computer program/program product being executed by at least one processor to implement as described in the first aspect
  • the steps of the method, or the steps of implementing the method according to the second aspect are provided.
  • the terminal is instructed by the network side device to determine the target transmission direction of one or more subbands in a frequency domain resource unit, and includes flexible subbands that can be flexibly used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission, satisfying different requirements.
  • the system configuration required by the traffic is beneficial to improve the system spectrum utilization and reduce the delay.
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic structural diagram of a wireless communication system to which an embodiment of the present application can be applied
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a BWP configuration provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is one of the schematic diagrams of the resource determination method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a second schematic diagram of a resource determination method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a third schematic diagram of a resource determination method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a fourth schematic diagram of a method for determining a resource provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a fifth schematic diagram of a resource determination method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a sixth schematic diagram of a resource determination method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is the seventh schematic diagram of the resource determination method provided by the implementation of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is the eighth schematic diagram of the resource determination method provided by the implementation of this application.
  • Fig. 12 is the ninth schematic diagram of the resource determination method provided by the implementation of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a tenth schematic diagram of the resource determination method provided by the implementation of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is an eleventh schematic diagram of a resource determination method provided by the implementation of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of the twelfth schematic diagram of the resource determination method provided by the implementation of the present application.
  • 16 is a schematic diagram of the thirteenth schematic diagram of the resource determination method provided by the implementation of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a fourteenth schematic diagram of the resource determination method provided by the implementation of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is the second schematic flowchart of the resource determination method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 19 is one of the schematic structural diagrams of the resource determination apparatus provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 20 is a second schematic structural diagram of a resource determination apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a terminal implementing an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a network side device implementing an embodiment of the present application.
  • first, second and the like in the description and claims of the present application are used to distinguish similar objects, and are not used to describe a specific order or sequence. It is to be understood that the terms so used are interchangeable under appropriate circumstances so that the embodiments of the present application can be practiced in sequences other than those illustrated or described herein, and that "first”, “second” distinguishes Usually it is a class, and the number of objects is not limited.
  • the first object may be one or multiple.
  • “and/or” in the description and claims indicates at least one of the connected objects, and the character “/" generally indicates that the associated objects are in an "or” relationship.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-Advanced LTE-Advanced
  • LTE-A Long Term Evolution-Advanced
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • TDMA Time Division Multiple Access
  • FDMA Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • OFDMA Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • SC-FDMA Single-carrier Frequency-Division Multiple Access
  • system and “network” in the embodiments of the present application are often used interchangeably, and the described technology can be used not only for the above-mentioned systems and radio technologies, but also for other systems and radio technologies.
  • NR New Radio
  • the following description describes a New Radio (NR) system for example purposes, and uses NR terminology in most of the description below, but the techniques are also applicable to applications other than NR system applications, such as 6th generation (6th generation ) Generation, 6G) communication system.
  • 6th generation 6th generation
  • 6G 6th generation
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic structural diagram of a wireless communication system to which an embodiment of the present application can be applied.
  • the wireless communication system includes a terminal 11 and a network-side device 12 .
  • the terminal 11 may also be called a terminal device or a user terminal (User Equipment, UE), and the terminal 11 may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer (Tablet Personal Computer), a laptop computer (Laptop Computer) or a notebook computer, a personal digital computer Assistant (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), handheld computer, netbook, ultra-mobile personal computer (ultra-mobile personal computer, UMPC), mobile Internet device (Mobile Internet Device, MID), wearable device (Wearable Device) or vehicle-mounted device (VUE), pedestrian terminal (PUE) and other terminal-side devices, wearable devices include: smart watches, bracelets, headphones, glasses, etc.
  • the network side device 12 may be a base station or a core network, wherein the base station may be referred to as a Node B, an evolved Node B, an access point, a Base Transceiver Station (BTS), a radio base station, a radio transceiver, a basic service Set (Basic Service Set, BSS), Extended Service Set (Extended Service Set, ESS), Node B, Evolved Node B (eNB), Home Node B, Home Evolved Node B, WLAN Access Point, WiFi Node, Send Transmitting Receiving Point (TRP) or some other suitable term in the field, as long as the same technical effect is achieved, the base station is not limited to specific technical terms.
  • the base station in the NR system is taken as an example, but the specific type of the base station is not limited.
  • the network configures the terminal with BWP and/or carrier for data transmission.
  • the bandwidth of the terminal can change dynamically.
  • Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram of a BWP configuration provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the service volume of the terminal is relatively large, and the system configures a large bandwidth (BWP1) for the terminal; at the second moment, the service volume of the terminal Small, the system configures a small bandwidth (BWP2) for the terminal to meet the basic communication needs; at the third moment, the system finds that there is a wide range of frequency selective fading within the bandwidth where BWP1 is located, or resources are relatively scarce within the frequency range where BWP1 is located , so a new bandwidth (BWP3) is configured for the terminal.
  • BWP1 bandwidth
  • BWP3 new bandwidth
  • Each BWP is not only different in frequency and bandwidth, but also can correspond to different configurations.
  • the subcarrier spacing, CP type, and SSB (PSS/SSS PBCH Block) period of each BWP can be configured differently to adapt to different services.
  • the terminal does not need to support the full bandwidth, but only needs to meet the minimum bandwidth requirements, which is conducive to the development of low-cost terminals;
  • the terminal can be switched to low-bandwidth operation, which can significantly reduce power consumption
  • the communication technology is forward compatible.
  • the new technology can be directly run on the new BWP, which ensures the forward compatibility of the system;
  • the uplink and downlink configuration can be based on the granularity of symbols, and the configuration is more flexible.
  • the specific configuration process is as follows:
  • the upper layer provides the parameter TDD-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon, which includes the reference subcarrier spacing u (reference SCS configuration) and pattern1, which also includes:
  • the number of downlink time slots Dslots (number of slots with only downlink symbols);
  • Uplink time slots Uslots (number of slots with only uplink symbols);
  • the first Dslots time slots are downstream time slots, followed by Dsym downstream symbols, then Usym upstream symbols, and finally Uslots upstream time slots. After the uplink and downlink are configured in the S time slots, what remains is the flexible symbol X.
  • this parameter can be configured with a flexible symbol configured by the parameter TDD-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon. That is to say, the uplink and downlink symbols configured in (1) cannot be changed, but the flexible symbols can be rewritten by TDD-UL-DL-ConfigDedicated.
  • This parameter provides a series of slot configurations. For each slot configuration, the slot index slot index and symbol configuration are provided. For the slot specified by slot index, where:
  • nrofDownlinkSymbols first provides multiple downlink symbols
  • nrofDownlinkSymbols provides the number of downlink symbols
  • nrofUplinkSymbols provides the number of uplink symbols. is provided, there are no upstream symbols. After the configuration is complete, if there are still remaining symbols, the remaining symbols are still flexible symbols X.
  • the reference subcarrier spacing reference SCS configuration in (2) is the same as in (1).
  • the uplink and downlink configuration implemented by dynamic DCI is implemented through DCI format 2-0, or directly through the uplink and downlink data scheduling of DCI format 0-0 0-1 1-0 1-1.
  • DCI format 2-0 is used exclusively for SFI indication.
  • SFI mainly implements periodic frame structure configuration according to the time slot format that can be supported by a single time slot, that is, starting from receiving DCI format 2-0, it continues the physical downlink control channel monitoring period (Physical Downlink Control Channel, PDCCH monitoring period) slots , these slots are configured according to the indication of the time domain format indicator (slot format indicator, SFI) in the downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI).
  • the maximum number of formats supported by a single slot is 256, and 56 formats have been standardized.
  • the slot format table of normal cp is shown in Table 1 below (slot format table of common cyclic prefix);
  • F may be used to indicate a subband with a flexible direction
  • U may be used to indicate a subband with a target transmission direction in the uplink direction
  • D may be used to indicate a subband with a target transmission direction in the downlink direction.
  • FIG. 3 is one of the schematic flowcharts of the resource determination method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 3 , the method includes the following steps:
  • Step 300 the terminal receives the frequency domain format indication information sent by the network side device
  • Step 310 the terminal determines, based on the frequency domain format indication information, a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency domain resource unit;
  • the target transmission direction includes: an uplink direction, a downlink direction, or a flexible direction;
  • the flexible subband whose target transmission direction is the flexible direction may be used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission.
  • the network-side device may indicate the format of the uplink, downlink, and flexible directions in the frequency domain in the first time unit, in the first frequency domain unit.
  • the network side device may indicate the granularity of frequency domain subbands indicated by the format of frequency domain uplink, downlink, and flexible directions.
  • the network side device may instruct the terminal to divide the entire frequency band into multiple subbands.
  • the network side device can simultaneously indicate the frequency domain and time domain formats
  • the terminal may simultaneously receive an indication of the format in the frequency domain and the time domain from the network side, and configure the format in the frequency domain and the time domain based on the indication.
  • the network-side device may instruct the terminal to divide a frequency domain unit into multiple subbands, and to indicate the transmission direction in units of subbands;
  • the terminal may divide a frequency domain unit into multiple subbands based on an instruction from the network side, and determine the transmission direction in units of subbands.
  • the network side device may instruct the terminal to perform transmission in the same or different transmission directions on multiple subbands in one frequency domain unit.
  • the terminal may perform transmission in the same or different transmission directions on multiple subbands within one frequency domain unit based on an indication from the network side.
  • the network side device may indicate that one subband or multiple subbands in one frequency domain unit of the terminal are flexible subbands.
  • the terminal may determine one subband or multiple subbands in one frequency domain unit as flexible subbands based on an indication from the network side.
  • the flexible subband can be flexibly switched between uplink transmission and downlink transmission; that is, the flexible subband can be used to perform uplink transmission or perform downlink transmission.
  • the network side device may indicate the target transmission direction of each subband, where the target transmission direction may be an uplink direction, a downlink direction or a flexible direction;
  • the network side device may send frequency domain format indication information (Frequency-domain Format Indication, FFI) to the terminal.
  • FFI Frequency-domain Format Indication
  • the frequency domain format indication information indicates that the terminal is on one or more BWPs or one or more carriers, and indicates the frequency domain uplink and downlink transmission directions with subband granularity.
  • the frequency domain format indication information can indicate which frequency domain resources are used for uplink transmission, which are resources used for downlink transmission, and which can be used as flexible transmission resources, and the resources indicated as flexible transmission can be used by subsequent networks.
  • the side device continues to instruct or the terminal determines based on the current transmission task or a predefined rule, for example, indicates the resource for UL or DL transmission through DCI or higher layer signaling.
  • the terminal can receive the frequency domain format indication information sent by the network side device; then the terminal can determine, based on the frequency domain format indication information, a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency domain resource unit, such as an uplink direction, or Downward direction, or flexible direction.
  • a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency domain resource unit, such as an uplink direction, or Downward direction, or flexible direction.
  • the subband whose target transmission direction is indicated as a flexible direction may be referred to as a flexible subband;
  • the subbands indicated that the target transmission direction is not a flexible direction may be referred to as non-flexible subbands.
  • the embodiment of the present application proposes a frame/time slot frequency domain format indication method, which can realize flexible uplink and downlink transmission in the frequency domain within a certain period of time.
  • the terminal is instructed by the network side device to determine the target transmission direction of one or more subbands in a frequency domain resource unit, and includes flexible subbands that can be flexibly used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission, satisfying different requirements.
  • the system configuration required by the traffic is beneficial to improve the system spectrum utilization and reduce the delay.
  • the terminal determines, based on the frequency domain format indication information, a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency domain resource unit, including:
  • the terminal determines the size of each subband in the at least one subband and the number of the at least one subband based on the first indication information sent by the network side device.
  • the network side device may configure subband information, that is, first indication information, for the terminal, and the subband information may divide one carrier or BWP into multiple subbands.
  • the terminal may receive the first indication information, and then divide one carrier or BWP into multiple subbands based on the subband information, that is, the first indication information.
  • the network side device can send first indication information to the terminal, and can use the first indication information to instruct the terminal when dividing a frequency domain unit into multiple subbands, the size of each subband and the size of the at least one subband. quantity.
  • the terminal may receive the first indication information, determine the size of each subband and the number of the at least one subband based on the first indication information, and then divide one frequency domain unit into multiple subbands.
  • the network side device may configure the subband size first.
  • the network side device can configure a reference subband size of a reference subcarrier spacing according to different SCSs, and other subbands are calculated according to the subcarrier spacing, reference subcarrier spacing and reference subband size of the corresponding BWP or carrier.
  • the subband size may be configured by the network side device, for example, may be equal to the size of the RBG, and is determined by the bandwidth of the BWP.
  • the terminal may determine, based on the first indication information sent by the network side device, the size of each subband and the number of the at least one subband when a frequency domain unit is divided into multiple subbands.
  • Table 2 is a subband size configuration table, which can indicate that the subband size is the same as the RBG size, which is determined by the BWP bandwidth; if a BWP size is 128 RBs, and if Configuration 2 is used, a subband size is 16 RBs.
  • the frequency domain format indication information includes: at least one second indication information corresponding to the at least one subband;
  • the target transmission direction of the at least one subband is indicated by the second indication information from low to high or from high to low based on the subband frequency of the at least one subband.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a resource determination method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the target transmission direction of at least one subband is determined by the second indication information based on the subband frequency of the at least one subband by Low-to-high or high-to-low indication; that is, FFI can be indicated in the direction from subband low frequency to high frequency, or on the contrary, it can be configured by the network side device.
  • the FFI is "DDFFFUUD"
  • the first subband is the DL downstream direction
  • the second subband is the DL downstream direction
  • the third subband is the flexible direction
  • the fourth subband is the DL downstream direction.
  • the fifth subband is the flexible direction
  • the sixth subband is the UL uplink direction
  • the seventh subband is the UL uplink direction
  • the eighth subband is the DL downlink transmission.
  • FIG. 5 is the second schematic diagram of the resource determination method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the network side device may configure at least one flexible subband for each carrier or each BWP through frequency domain format indication information, When indicated by the frequency domain format indication information FFI again, only the flexible subband may be allowed to be changed. Other subbands are not allowed to be changed. The complexity and signaling overhead of the indication can be reduced.
  • the size of the frequency domain format indication information is determined based on the number of the at least one subband.
  • the frequency domain format indication information is determined based on the number of the at least one subband.
  • the subband size is the same as the RBG size, it is determined by the BWP bandwidth.
  • the size of a BWP is 128 RBs, and if a subband is configured, it is 16 RBs. Then a total of 8 subbands need to indicate the transmission direction through the FFI, and the bitmap (bitmap) indication method can be used. If there are three states of D, U, and F, then each sub-band needs 2 bits, and a total of 16 bits are needed to indicate the transmission direction of 8 sub-bands.
  • the network may semi-statically indicate that the transmission direction of some subbands is UL or DL.
  • the remaining flexible subbands are indicated by FFI.
  • the frequency domain format indication information includes: reference transmission direction indication information, and the number and position of the flexible subbands.
  • the frequency domain format indication information includes: reference transmission direction indication information, and the number and position of the flexible subbands.
  • the network-side device can semi-statically configure or indicate the transmission direction of the frequency domain reference at one moment or some moments through SFI, as well as the number M of flexible subbands and the position of flexible subbands. .
  • the network side device may indicate that the reference direction is the downlink direction DL or the uplink direction UL;
  • the network side device may be configured with K subbands as flexible subbands; then the transmission directions of the subbands other than the K flexible subbands are all downlink directions. DL or UL in the upstream direction.
  • the terminal determines, based on the frequency domain format indication information, a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency domain resource unit, including:
  • the terminal determines, based on the reference direction indication information, a flexible subband in the at least one subband and a target transmission direction of a non-flexible subband in the at least one subband, where the non-flexible subband is the A subband of at least one subband that is not a flexible subband.
  • the network side device may indicate that the reference direction is the downlink direction DL or the uplink direction UL, then it can be determined that the transmission directions of the subbands other than the flexible subband are the downlink direction DL or the uplink direction UL;
  • the network side device may only change the direction of the flexible subband subsequently, for example, an FFI indicates that the flexible subband N is changed to the uplink or downlink direction, and the unindicated subband (M-N) is determined according to the reference transmission direction.
  • the network side device may only change the direction of the flexible subband subsequently, for example, an FFI indicates that the flexible subband N is changed to the uplink or downlink direction, and the unindicated flexible subband (O-N) is determined according to the reference transmission direction.
  • the terminal receives the frequency domain format indication information again, the transmission direction referenced by the BWP is DL, the network side device is configured with L subbands as flexible subbands, and the frequency domain format indication information FFI can indicate that the L flexible subbands are among the L flexible subbands. Used as the number and position of UL subbands, for the remaining flexible subbands that are not indicated, it can be the reference transmission direction, ie DL;
  • it can also be configured on the network side, in the flexible subbands, except for the L subbands, the other subbands still keep the flexible direction unchanged.
  • the network side device can indicate that the FFI can be indicated by a high-layer signaling semi-static indication or a media access control layer control information (Media Access Control Element, MAC CE) indication or dynamically indicated by the DCI.
  • FFI can be indicated by a high-layer signaling semi-static indication or a media access control layer control information (Media Access Control Element, MAC CE) indication or dynamically indicated by the DCI.
  • MAC CE media access control layer control information
  • the network side device may configure the subband size first.
  • the network side device can configure a reference subband size of a reference subcarrier spacing according to different SCSs, and other subbands are calculated according to the subcarrier spacing, reference subcarrier spacing and reference subband size of the corresponding BWP or carrier.
  • the size of the frequency domain format indication information is determined based on the number of the flexible subbands, and the transmission directions of other subbands are semi-statically indicated by the network side.
  • the network side device uses the continuous resource indication method to indicate the frequency domain format of D, U, and F in the unit of subband.
  • the frequency domain format indication information includes: reference direction indication information, the number and position of the flexible subbands, respectively bit indicates the frequency domain resources of D, U, F.
  • the high layer configuration FFI can only instruct the flexbile resource to change the transmission direction, signaling overhead can be saved.
  • FIG. 6 is the third schematic diagram of the resource determination method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the reference direction is DL
  • the FFI indicates that the flexbile resource is changed to the UL transmission direction
  • the indication is the UL subband.
  • the remaining F subbands are in the DL direction. If the transmission direction of the 5 flexible subbands is indicated in the form of a bitmap, then 5 bits are required.
  • the reference transmission direction that is, the reference direction indication information
  • the reference transmission direction indication information may also be indicated by the SFI.
  • the reference transmission direction that is, the reference direction indication information may also be configured on the network.
  • the frequency domain format indication information includes: a first index; the first index is used to indicate a first target format group in the first frequency domain format table; wherein, each of the first frequency domain format table
  • the first target format group includes each subband and a target transmission direction corresponding to each subband;
  • the first frequency domain format table is pre-configured or predefined by a protocol or pre-indicated by a network side device.
  • the system may be pre-configured or the protocol may be pre-defined, or the network-side device may pre-indicate an index table for FFI indication, that is, the first frequency domain format table, including at least one first index corresponding to each first index.
  • the first target format group wherein each first target format group may indicate a carrier or a target transmission direction corresponding to all subbands in a BWP.
  • the network side device can send the first index to the terminal, and the network side device can indicate the transmission of all subbands of the target carrier or BWP by indicating the first index. direction.
  • the terminal may receive the first index sent by the network side device, and use the first index to determine the corresponding first index in the first frequency domain format table.
  • the first target format group and further determine the indication content corresponding to the first target format group, that is, the transmission direction of the target carrier or all subbands of the BWP.
  • the network may configure an n-column table for all subbands n of a carrier or BWP.
  • Table 3 may be the first frequency domain format table, and the transmission directions of all subbands can be indicated by indicating an index.
  • Table 3 is only used as an example of the first frequency domain format table, and not as a limitation on the first frequency domain format table.
  • the first subband to the seventh subband may be determined by ordering all subbands in one BWP or one carrier from the low frequency to the high frequency of the subband or from the high frequency to the low frequency of the subband.
  • the terminal can determine that, from the low frequency of the subband to the high frequency direction, the first The subband is the DL downstream direction, the second subband is the flexible direction, the third subband is the flexible direction, the fourth subband is the UL upstream direction, the fifth subband is the UL upstream direction, and the sixth subband is the UL upstream direction,
  • the seventh subband is the UL uplink direction.
  • the frequency domain format indication information received by the terminal from the network side device includes:
  • the terminal receives at least one frequency domain format indication information sent by the network side device;
  • One frequency domain format indication information corresponds to one frequency domain resource unit, and different frequency domain format indication information corresponds to different frequency domain resource units.
  • one frequency domain resource unit may be at least one carrier or at least one BWP.
  • a position of an FFI may be configured for each carrier or each BWP in the DCI, that is, indicating the target transmission direction of all subbands in each carrier or each BWP.
  • FIG. 7 is a fourth schematic diagram of a resource determination method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the DCI bearing the FFI may include FFIs of multiple carriers.
  • all BWPs in one carrier can use the same FFI; for example, there are 7 subbands in the first BWP in carrier 1, and there are 7 subbands in the second BWP. 7 subbands; the FFI indicates that the target transmission direction of the 7 subbands in the first BWP is "UUFFUDD", and the target transmission direction of the 7 subbands in the second BWP is also "UUFFUDD".
  • FIG. 8 is a fifth schematic diagram of a resource determination method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the DCI carrying the FFI may include FFIs of multiple BWPs; for example, there are 8 subbands in BWP1, and there are 8 subbands in BWP2.
  • the terminal can Based on the FFI1 indicating BWP1, it is determined that the target transmission directions of the 8 subbands are "UUFFUDDU” respectively; the terminal may determine, based on the FFI2 indicating BWP2, that the target transmission directions of the 8 subbands are "UFFFFDUU” respectively; the terminal may determine the 8 subbands based on the FFI3 indicating BWP3. The target transmission directions of the bands are respectively "UFFFFDUU"; ...; the terminal may determine, based on the FFI n indicating BWP n, that the target transmission directions of the 8 subbands are respectively "UFFFFDUU".
  • one of the frequency domain format indication information corresponds to one terminal group, and the terminal group includes the terminal.
  • each frequency domain format indication information may correspond to a terminal group, and different terminals (groups) may use the same or different frequency domain format indication information.
  • the frequency domain format indicated by the information may correspond to a terminal group, and different terminals (groups) may use the same or different frequency domain format indication information.
  • an FFI location can be configured for each terminal group in the DCI.
  • the network configures the positions of the FFIs of its BWP1 and BWP2 in the DCI as FFI1 and FFI2.
  • the UE when the UE is configured to use BWP1, the UE uses FFI1, that is, it can be determined that the target transmission directions of the 8 subbands are "UUFFUDDU" respectively.
  • the UE uses BWP2, the UE uses FFI2.
  • Figure 9 is the sixth schematic diagram of the resource determination method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the network side device may also jointly indicate the FFI of each bwp and each carrier to a terminal group.
  • the UE is configured for carrier aggregation of 2 carriers, and for carrier 1, the UE is configured with 3 BWPs, namely BWP1, BWP2, and BWP3.
  • the UE is configured with 3 BWPs, namely BWP1, BWP2, and BWP3.
  • the UE will determine the frequency domain format according to FFI1 and FFI6.
  • the frequency domain format indication information includes a third index group
  • the third index group is used to indicate at least one third target format group in the third frequency-domain format table, wherein each third target format group respectively indicates a subband;
  • a third target format group is used to indicate the target transmission direction respectively corresponding to at least one symbol, sub-slot or time slot in a time-domain resource unit;
  • the third frequency domain format table is pre-configured or pre-defined by a protocol or pre-indicated by a network side device.
  • the system can be pre-configured or the protocol can be pre-defined or the network side device can pre-indicate an index table for FFI indication, that is, the third frequency domain format table, including at least one third index eSFI index n and each The third target format group corresponding to the three indices, wherein each third target format group may correspondingly indicate the target transmission direction corresponding to each sub-slot in the time-domain unit corresponding to one sub-band.
  • the network side device can send the third index group to the terminal, and the network side device can indicate the target carrier or all subbands of the BWP by indicating the third index group.
  • the terminal may receive the third index sent by the network side device, and use the third index to determine the corresponding third index in the third frequency domain format table.
  • the third target format group and further determine the indication content corresponding to the third target format group, that is, the target transmission direction corresponding to each sub-slot in the time-domain unit corresponding to all sub-bands of the target carrier or BWP.
  • FIG. 10 is the seventh schematic diagram of the resource determination method provided by the implementation of the present application.
  • a BWP includes 6 subbands, that is, subband 1 to subband 6, and a time domain unit includes 6 sub-slots; that is, the network-side device can indicate through FFIA that sub-band 1 to sub-band 6 correspond to the third index group eSFI1, eSFI2, .
  • the transmission direction is "DDDDDD”
  • eSFI2 may indicate that the target transmission direction of each time domain unit of the second subband is "DFUUUU"
  • eSFI6 indicates that the target transmission direction of each time domain unit of the sixth subband is "DUFDDD".
  • the third target format groups corresponding to different subbands in one BWP or one carrier may be the same or different;
  • FIG. 11 is the eighth schematic diagram of the resource determination method provided by the implementation of this application.
  • a BWP includes 8 subbands, that is, the subband 1 to the subband 8 are sorted in descending order based on the frequency , a time domain unit includes 6 time slots; that is, the network side device can indicate through the FFI that subband 1 to subband 8 correspond to the third index group eSFI index1, eSFI index1, eSFI index2, eSFI index2, eSFI index3, eSFI index3, eSFI index1, eSFI index1, where eSFI index1 indicates "DDDDDD”, eSFI index2 indicates “DFUUUU”, and eSFI index3 indicates "DFFUUU".
  • the network side device may indicate the FFI and the action time at the same time, that is, eSFI (enhanced slot format indication).
  • the network side device may configure/indicate eSFI (enhanced slot format indication) per subband.
  • the eSFI may adopt a third frequency domain format table, and the third frequency domain format table may adopt an indication manner similar to Table 1.
  • the network side device may configure or indicate the number of subbands, each subband configures or indicates an index value (third index) of the eSFI, and the purpose of simultaneously indicating the FFI and the action time is achieved through the eSFI.
  • the frequency domain format indication information includes a fourth index
  • the fourth index is used to indicate a fourth target format group in the fifth frequency domain format table, wherein the fourth target format group includes at least one fifth target format group;
  • each fifth target format group indicates a subband correspondingly
  • a fifth target format group is used to indicate the target transmission direction respectively corresponding to at least one symbol, sub-slot or time slot in a time-domain resource unit;
  • the fifth frequency domain format table is pre-configured or pre-defined by a protocol or pre-indicated by a network side device.
  • the signaling indication for the eSFI can be implemented by configuring a terminal on the network side to monitor one or more eSFIs in the DCI.
  • FIG. 12 is the ninth schematic diagram of the resource determination method provided by the implementation of the present application.
  • the network side device can configure the position of eSFI 5 in the DCI carrying eSFI for the backward UE1, and UE1 can configure the position of eSFI 5 according to the eSFI 5
  • the SFI-index determines the format of the slot.
  • the network side device may configure the position of eSFI 6 in the DCI carrying eSFI for the backward UE2, and UE2 will determine the format of the slot according to the SFI-index of eSFI 6.
  • the network side device can configure 4 subbands for UE3, and configure it to monitor the position of eSFI 1-4 in the DCI carrying eSFI, UE3 will determine the format of the slot of each subband according to the SFI-index of eSFI 1-4.
  • multiple eSFIs may be used to indicate the FFI and the action time of the FFI, so that a UE (group) can simultaneously indicate the FFI and its action time for each carrier or each subband of each BWP. At the same time, it is compatible with backward UE.
  • the network side device can configure the mapping relationship between the subband number and the eSFI, for example, the network can configure the following mapping relationship for the UE:
  • the network side device may configure an index table of subbands and eSFI, that is, a fifth frequency domain format table, as shown in Table 4 below, and then indicate by an index, that is, a fourth index.
  • Each of the eSFIs may adopt an indication method similar to that in Table 1.
  • Table 4 is only used as an example of the fifth frequency domain format table, not as a limitation on the fifth frequency domain format table.
  • the determining a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit based on the frequency-domain format indication information includes:
  • the frequency domain format indicated by the frequency domain format indication information may be configured to take effect in the target time period.
  • index For example, it can be indicated by an index
  • the effective time of the eSFI can be configured, for example, the action time corresponding to each index can be configured by the upper layer, as shown in Table 5 (index effective timetable a) below.
  • Table 5 is only used as an example of the index effective timetable, not as a restriction on the index effective timetable.
  • index alone, as shown in Table 6 (Index Validation Schedule b) below.
  • Table 6 is only used as an example of the index effective timetable, and not as a restriction on the index effective timetable.
  • the target time period includes:
  • the target time period includes:
  • the monitoring period during which the terminal receives the frequency domain format indication information that is,
  • the target time period in which the frequency domain format indicated by the frequency domain format indication information takes effect may start from a time when the frequency domain format indication information is received, and last until the terminal receives the next frequency domain format indication information.
  • the target time period may be determined according to a predefined rule or network configuration.
  • the network may configure the FFI action time as the monitoring period of the DCI bearing the FFI.
  • the FFI will continue to take effect until the DCI bearing a new FFI is received.
  • the target time period is pre-configured or predefined by a protocol or pre-indicated by a network side device.
  • the target time period during which the frequency domain format indicated by the frequency domain format indication information takes effect may be pre-configured or predefined by a protocol or pre-indicated by the network side device.
  • the determining a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit based on the frequency-domain format indication information includes:
  • the target time period is determined based on the first time period indicated by the frequency domain format indication information.
  • the effective time of the FFI can be explicitly indicated.
  • the network side device may additionally configure the action time of the FFI.
  • Fig. 13 is a tenth schematic diagram of the resource determination method provided by the implementation of the present application.
  • the DCI bearing the FFI includes an action time indication field, for example, for one UE (group), for at least one carrier and or at least one BWP,
  • the configuration is shown in Figure 13, the UE monitors FFI1 for a duration of x1, the UE monitors FFI2 for a duration of x2, and the UE monitors FFI3 for a duration of x3.
  • FIG. 14 is an eleventh schematic diagram of a resource determination method provided by the implementation of the present application. As shown in FIG. 14 , the network side device can configure the time domain granularity and time domain pattern of the FFI action time.
  • the time-domain granularity is slot
  • the time-domain pattern is 1010100101, where 1 represents the slot where FFI is used, and 0 represents the slot where FFI is not applied.
  • the DCI can be indicated in Figure 14.
  • Fig. 15 is the twelfth schematic diagram of the resource determination method provided by the implementation of the present application.
  • the indication signaling can be arranged in the DCI through a combination of the following sequences.
  • Combination 1 first the frequency domain indication within the carrier, then the time domain indication, and finally the frequency domain indication between the carriers;
  • Combination 2 first time domain indication, then frequency domain indication within the carrier, and finally frequency domain indication between carriers;
  • Combination 3 First the frequency domain indication within the carrier, then the frequency domain indication between the carriers, and finally the time domain indication.
  • Figure 15 is an indication form of combination 1.
  • the frequency-domain format indication information includes a second index; the second index is used to indicate a second target format group in the second frequency-domain format table;
  • each second target format group in the second frequency domain format table includes each subband and the target transmission direction corresponding to each subband and the target time period of the second target format group;
  • the second frequency domain format table is pre-configured or pre-defined by a protocol or pre-indicated by a network side device.
  • the FFI and its effective time can be jointly configured as a table (the second frequency domain format table);
  • the network may be pre-configured or the protocol may be pre-defined, or the network-side device may pre-indicate an index table for FFI indication, that is, the second frequency domain format table, including the second index and the second target corresponding to the second index.
  • the network side device can send the second index to the terminal, and the network side device can indicate all subbands in a frequency domain unit by indicating the second index group. Corresponding target transmission directions, and subslots in which each target transmission direction is valid.
  • the terminal may receive the second index sent by the network side device, and use the second index to determine in the second frequency domain format table the corresponding value of the second index.
  • the second target format group and further determine the indication content corresponding to the second target format group, that is, target transmission directions corresponding to all subbands in a frequency domain unit, and subslots in which each target transmission direction is valid.
  • the network side device may indicate an index (the second index) and at the same time indicate the FFI and its action time.
  • Table 7 is only used as an example of the second frequency domain format table, and not as a limitation on the second frequency domain format table.
  • the start time of the target time period is after the last symbol of the PDCCH carrying the frequency domain format indication information.
  • the target time period can be T'proc, 2 symbols after the last symbol of PDCCH carrying FFI.
  • T' proc, 2 is given by
  • T proc,2 max((N 2 +d 2,1 )(2048+144) ⁇ 2 ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ T C ,d 2,2 ) is obtained;
  • d offset is obtained from delta_Offset
  • is the minimum value of the subcarrier spacing of PDCCH and the minimum subcarrier configuration ⁇ UL
  • ⁇ UL can be provided by the higher layer parameter FrequencyInfoUL or the scs-SpecificCarrierList parameter of FrequencyInfoUL-SIB.
  • the terminal receives frequency domain format indication information sent by the network side device, including:
  • the terminal monitors the frequency domain format indication information based on the monitoring period and the monitoring offset;
  • the monitoring period and monitoring offset are pre-configured or predefined by a protocol or pre-indicated by a network side device.
  • the terminal may detect the FFI based on the monitoring period of the FFI.
  • the network side device may configure the monitoring period and monitoring offset of the DCI bearing the FFI.
  • the monitoring period can be [1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 40, 80, 160, 320, 640, 1280, 2560] timeslots or subslots or symbols;
  • the network side device may be configured to monitor the monitoring pattern pattern of the DCI bearing the FFI in the slot, and the terminal may detect the FFI based on the monitoring pattern.
  • FIG. 16 is the thirteenth schematic diagram of the resource determination method provided by the implementation of the present application.
  • a UE group
  • DCI monitoring the FFI or eSFI
  • the UE monitors the DCI then the transmission can be performed according to the uplink and downlink frequency bands indicated by FFI or eSFI. If no DCI is detected, then it can be transmitted according to tdd-UL-DL-configuration common tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon, or tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated or SFI or dynamic scheduling or upper and lower layer configuration.
  • the UE is configured with 1 slot as a periodic CG or SPS, and the CG and SPS are only sent and received in the valid transmission direction.
  • the terminal receives frequency domain format indication information sent by the network side device, including:
  • the terminal only monitors the frequency domain format indication information
  • the terminal does not monitor the time domain format indication information SFI.
  • the network side device may configure the UE to only detect the DCI bearing the FFI and not monitor the DCI bearing the SFI.
  • the terminal may only monitor the frequency domain format indication information, and not monitor the time domain format indication information SFI.
  • the terminal determines, based on the frequency-domain format indication information, a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit, including at least one of the following:
  • the terminal determines the target transmission direction of the non-flexible subband based on the time domain format indication information SFI.
  • the target transmission direction for the flexible subbands can be determined by the indication of the FFI, and for other non-flexible subbands, the target transmission direction can be determined.
  • the transmission direction can be determined according to the indication of the SFI.
  • the method further includes:
  • the terminal After determining the target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in one frequency domain resource unit, the terminal receives new frequency domain format indication information;
  • the terminal determines the target transmission direction of the flexible subband based on the new frequency domain format indication information.
  • the network side device configures the flexible subband, it can only change the direction of the flexible subband subsequently.
  • an FFI indicates that the flexible subband N is changed to the uplink or downlink direction.
  • the transmission direction is determined.
  • the terminal may receive new frequency domain format indication information after determining the target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in one frequency domain resource unit;
  • the method further includes:
  • the terminal determines the target transmission direction of the flexible subband based on the transmission direction requirement of the current transmission task.
  • the terminal may further determine the target transmission direction of the flexible subband based on the transmission direction requirement of the current transmission task.
  • the current transmission task is uplink transmission
  • the existing subbands in the uplink transmission direction do not meet the requirements
  • the transmission direction of the flexible subband can be changed to the uplink direction to adapt to the transmission task of the terminal.
  • the determining a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency domain resource unit includes:
  • No guard band is configured between the adjacent subbands with the same target transmission direction.
  • guard bands may be configured for uplink and downlink conversion and other purposes.
  • no guard band may be reserved, that is, no guard band may be configured between adjacent subbands with the same target transmission direction.
  • the guard band can be indicated by:
  • the guard band is included in the previous frequency domain resource and/or the next frequency domain resource
  • the frequency domain format indication information is based on high-layer signaling semi-static indication or based on MAC CE indication or based on DCI dynamic indication.
  • the frequency domain format indication information is based on high-layer signaling semi-static indication or based on MAC CE indication or based on DCI dynamic indication.
  • the frequency domain format indication information may be semi-static signaling and/or dynamic signaling; if it is dynamic signaling, it may be terminal-specific or group-common downlink control information UE-specific or group common DCI.
  • the signaling that bears the FFI is dynamic signaling
  • the DCI that bears the FFI may be UE-specific or group common DCI.
  • the size of the DCI may be the same as one other DCI payload size, eg, aligned with the SFI payload size, eg, a maximum of n bits, and n may be 128 bits.
  • padding bits can be padded to achieve bit alignment.
  • the network may configure an RNTI for scrambling the DCI, for example, using FFI-RNTI for scrambling.
  • the RNTI is used to distinguish the DCI carrying FFI from other DCIs of the same payload size.
  • the terminal is instructed by the network side device to determine the target transmission direction of one or more subbands in a frequency domain resource unit, and includes flexible subbands that can be flexibly used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission, satisfying different requirements.
  • the system configuration required by the traffic is beneficial to improve the system spectrum utilization and reduce the delay.
  • Figure 17 is the fourteenth schematic diagram of the resource determination method provided by the implementation of this application.
  • the network can Indicates a reference subcarrier spacing.
  • the FFI (or eSFI) is indicated according to the reference subcarrier spacing, and the UE converts the FFI (or eSFI) according to the reference subcarrier spacing according to the configured carrier and or the subcarrier spacing of the BWP.
  • BWP1 is 15kHz SCS.
  • BWP2 is 30kHz SCS.
  • the reference sub-carrier spacing (SCS) is 15 kHz and the reference sub-band size is 8 RB, so the frequency domain granularity indicated by the FFI is 8 RB in BWP1 and 16 RB in BWP2.
  • the time domain unit may be different according to the referenced subcarrier spacing. That is, the reference subcarrier needs to consider time-frequency resources.
  • FIG. 18 is a second schematic flowchart of a resource determination method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 18 , the method includes the following steps:
  • Step 1800 The network side device sends frequency domain format indication information, where the frequency domain format indication information is used to indicate a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency domain resource unit;
  • the target transmission direction includes: an uplink direction, a downlink direction, or a flexible direction;
  • the flexible subband whose target transmission direction is the flexible direction may be used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission.
  • the network-side device may indicate the format of the uplink, downlink, and flexible directions in the frequency domain in the first time unit, in the first frequency domain unit.
  • the network side device may indicate the granularity of frequency domain subbands indicated by the format of frequency domain uplink, downlink, and flexible directions.
  • the network side device may instruct the terminal to divide the entire frequency band into multiple subbands.
  • the network side device can simultaneously indicate the frequency domain and time domain formats
  • the terminal may simultaneously receive an indication of the format in the frequency domain and the time domain from the network side, and configure the format in the frequency domain and the time domain based on the indication.
  • the network-side device may instruct the terminal to divide a frequency domain unit into multiple subbands, and to indicate the transmission direction in units of subbands;
  • the terminal may divide a frequency domain unit into multiple subbands based on an instruction from the network side, and determine the transmission direction in units of subbands.
  • the network side device may instruct the terminal to perform transmission in the same or different transmission directions on multiple subbands in one frequency domain unit.
  • the terminal may perform transmission in the same or different transmission directions on multiple subbands within one frequency domain unit based on an indication from the network side.
  • the network side device may indicate that one subband or multiple subbands in one frequency domain unit of the terminal are flexible subbands.
  • the terminal may determine one subband or multiple subbands in one frequency domain unit as flexible subbands based on the indication of the network side.
  • the flexible subband can be flexibly switched between uplink transmission and downlink transmission; that is, the flexible subband can be used to perform uplink transmission or perform downlink transmission.
  • the network side device may indicate the target transmission direction of each subband, wherein the target transmission direction may be an uplink direction, a downlink direction or a flexible direction direction;
  • the network side device may send frequency domain format indication information (Frequency-domain Format Indication, FFI) to the terminal.
  • FFI Frequency-domain Format Indication
  • the frequency domain format indication information indicates that the terminal is on one or more BWPs or one or more carriers, and indicates the frequency domain uplink and downlink transmission directions with subband granularity.
  • the frequency domain format indication information can indicate which frequency domain resources are used for uplink transmission, which are resources used for downlink transmission, and which can be used as flexible transmission resources, and the resources indicated as flexible transmission can be used by subsequent networks.
  • the side device continues to instruct or the terminal determines based on the current transmission task or a predefined rule, for example, indicates the resource for UL or DL transmission through DCI or higher layer signaling.
  • the terminal can receive the frequency domain format indication information sent by the network side device; then the terminal can determine, based on the frequency domain format indication information, a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency domain resource unit, such as an uplink direction, or Downward direction, or flexible direction.
  • a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency domain resource unit, such as an uplink direction, or Downward direction, or flexible direction.
  • the subband whose target transmission direction is indicated as a flexible direction may be referred to as a flexible subband;
  • the subbands indicated that the target transmission direction is not a flexible direction may be referred to as non-flexible subbands.
  • the embodiment of the present application proposes a frame/time slot frequency domain format indication method, which can realize flexible uplink and downlink transmission in the frequency domain within a certain period of time.
  • the terminal is instructed by the network side device to determine the target transmission direction of one or more subbands in a frequency domain resource unit, and includes flexible subbands that can be flexibly used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission, satisfying different requirements.
  • the system configuration required by the traffic is beneficial to improve the system spectrum utilization and reduce the delay.
  • the method further includes:
  • the network side device sends first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the size of each subband in the at least one subband and the number of the at least one subband.
  • the network side device may configure subband information, that is, first indication information, for the terminal, and the subband information may divide one carrier or BWP into multiple subbands.
  • the terminal may receive the first indication information, and then divide one carrier or BWP into multiple subbands based on the subband information, that is, the first indication information.
  • the network side device can send first indication information to the terminal, and can use the first indication information to instruct the terminal when dividing a frequency domain unit into multiple subbands, the size of each subband and the size of the at least one subband. quantity.
  • the terminal may receive the first indication information, determine the size of each subband and the number of the at least one subband based on the first indication information, and then divide a frequency domain unit into multiple subbands.
  • the network side device may configure the subband size first.
  • the network side device can configure a reference subband size of a reference subcarrier spacing according to different SCSs, and other subbands are calculated according to the subcarrier spacing, reference subcarrier spacing and reference subband size of the corresponding BWP or carrier.
  • the subband size may be configured by the network side device, for example, may be equal to the size of the RBG, and is determined by the bandwidth of the BWP.
  • the terminal may determine, based on the first indication information sent by the network side device, the size of each subband and the number of the at least one subband when a frequency domain unit is divided into multiple subbands.
  • Table 2 is a subband size configuration table, which can indicate that the subband size is the same as the RBG size, which is determined by the BWP bandwidth; if a BWP size is 128 RBs, and if configuration 2 is used, a subband size is 16 RBs.
  • the frequency domain format indication information includes: at least one second indication information corresponding to the at least one subband;
  • the target transmission direction of the at least one subband is indicated by the second indication information from low to high or from high to low based on the subband frequency of the at least one subband.
  • the target transmission direction of at least one subband is indicated by the second indication information from low to high or from high to low based on the subband frequency of the at least one subband; that is, the FFI can be changed from The subband low frequency to high frequency direction indication, or vice versa, can be configured by the network side equipment.
  • the FFI is "DDFFFUUD"
  • the first subband is the DL downstream direction
  • the second subband is the DL downstream direction
  • the third subband is the flexible direction
  • the fourth subband is the DL downstream direction.
  • the fifth subband is the flexible direction
  • the sixth subband is the UL uplink direction
  • the seventh subband is the UL uplink direction
  • the eighth subband is the DL downlink direction.
  • the network-side device can configure at least one flexible subband per carrier or per bwp through the frequency domain format indication information, and can only allow flexible subbands when indicated by the frequency domain format indication information FFI again. belt to make changes. Other subbands are not allowed to be changed. The complexity and signaling overhead of the indication can be reduced.
  • the size of the frequency domain format indication information is determined based on the number of the at least one subband.
  • the frequency domain format indication information is determined based on the number of the at least one subband.
  • the subband size is the same as the RBG size, it is determined by the BWP bandwidth.
  • the size of a BWP is 128 RBs, and if a subband is configured, it is 16 RBs. Then a total of 8 subbands need to indicate the transmission direction through FFI, and the bitmap indication method can be used. If there are three states of D, U, and F, then each sub-band needs 2 bits, and a total of 16 bits are needed to indicate the transmission direction of 8 sub-bands.
  • the network may semi-statically indicate that the transmission direction of some subbands is UL or DL.
  • the remaining flexible subbands are indicated by FFI.
  • the frequency domain format indication information includes: reference direction indication information, the number and position of the flexible subbands.
  • the frequency domain format indication information includes: reference transmission direction indication information, and the number and position of the flexible subbands.
  • the network-side device can semi-statically configure or indicate the transmission direction of the frequency domain reference at one moment or some moments through SFI, as well as the number M of flexible subbands and the position of flexible subbands. .
  • the network side device may indicate that the reference direction is the downlink direction DL or the uplink direction UL;
  • the network side device may be configured with K subbands as flexible subbands; then the transmission directions of the subbands other than the K flexible subbands are all downlink directions. DL or UL in the upstream direction.
  • the network side device may indicate that the reference direction is the downlink direction DL or the uplink direction UL, then it can be determined that the transmission directions of the subbands other than the flexible subband are the downlink direction DL or the uplink direction UL;
  • the network side device may only change the direction of the flexible subband subsequently, for example, an FFI indicates that the flexible subband N is changed to the uplink or downlink direction, and the unindicated subband (M-N) is determined according to the reference transmission direction.
  • the network side device may only change the direction of the flexible subband subsequently, for example, an FFI indicates that the flexible subband N is changed to the uplink or downlink direction, and the unindicated flexible subband (O-N) is determined according to the reference transmission direction.
  • the terminal receives the frequency domain format indication information again, the transmission direction referenced by the BWP is DL, the network side device is configured with L subbands as flexible subbands, and the frequency domain format indication information FFI can indicate that the L flexible subbands are among the L flexible subbands. Used as the number and position of UL subbands, for the remaining flexible subbands that are not indicated, it can be the reference transmission direction, ie DL;
  • it can also be configured on the network side, in the flexible subbands, except for the L subbands, the other subbands still keep the flexible direction unchanged.
  • the network side device may indicate that the FFI may be indicated by high-layer signaling semi-statically or by MAC CE, or dynamically indicated by DCI.
  • the network side device may configure the subband size first.
  • the network side device can configure a reference subband size of a reference subcarrier spacing according to different SCSs, and other subbands are calculated according to the subcarrier spacing, reference subcarrier spacing and reference subband size of the corresponding BWP or carrier.
  • the size of the frequency domain format indication information is determined based on the number of the flexible subbands, and the transmission directions of other subbands are semi-statically indicated by the network side.
  • the network side device uses the continuous resource indication method to indicate the frequency domain format of D, U, and F in the unit of subband.
  • the frequency domain format indication information includes: reference direction indication information, the number and position of the flexible subbands, respectively bit indicates the frequency domain resources of D, U, F.
  • the high layer configuration FFI can only instruct the flexbile resource to change the transmission direction, signaling overhead can be saved.
  • the reference direction is DL
  • the FFI indicates that the flexbile resource is changed to the UL transmission direction
  • the indication is the UL subband.
  • the remaining F subbands are in the DL direction. If the transmission direction of the 5 flexible subbands is indicated in the form of a bitmap, then 5 bits are required.
  • the reference transmission direction that is, the reference direction indication information
  • the reference transmission direction indication information may also be indicated by the SFI.
  • the reference transmission direction that is, the reference direction indication information may also be configured on the network.
  • the frequency domain format indication information includes: a first index; the first index is used to indicate a first target format group in the first frequency domain format table; wherein, each of the first frequency domain format table
  • the first target format group includes each subband and a target transmission direction corresponding to each subband;
  • the first frequency domain format table is preconfigured or predefined by a protocol or indicated in advance by a network side device.
  • the system may be pre-configured or the protocol may be pre-defined, or the network-side device may pre-indicate an index table for FFI indication, that is, the first frequency domain format table, including at least one first index corresponding to each first index.
  • the first target format group wherein each first target format group may indicate a carrier or a target transmission direction corresponding to all subbands in a BWP.
  • the network side device can send the first index to the terminal, and the network side device can indicate the transmission of all subbands of the target carrier or BWP by indicating the first index. direction.
  • the terminal may receive the first index sent by the network side device, and use the first index to determine the corresponding first index in the first frequency domain format table.
  • the first target format group and further determine the indication content corresponding to the first target format group, that is, the transmission direction of the target carrier or all subbands of the BWP.
  • the network may configure an n-column table for all subbands n of a carrier or BWP.
  • Table 3 may be the first frequency domain format table, and the transmission directions of all subbands can be indicated by indicating an index.
  • Table 3 is only used as an example of the first frequency domain format table, and not as a limitation on the first frequency domain format table.
  • the first subband to the seventh subband may be determined by ordering all subbands in one BWP or one carrier from the low frequency to the high frequency of the subband or from the high frequency to the low frequency of the subband.
  • the terminal can determine that, from the low frequency of the subband to the high frequency direction, the first The subband is the DL downstream direction, the second subband is the flexible direction, the third subband is the flexible direction, the fourth subband is the UL upstream direction, the fifth subband is the UL upstream direction, and the sixth subband is the UL upstream direction,
  • the seventh subband is the UL uplink direction.
  • the frequency domain format indication information sent by the network side device includes:
  • the network side device sends at least one frequency domain format indication information
  • One frequency domain format indication information corresponds to one frequency domain resource unit, and different frequency domain format indication information corresponds to different frequency domain resource units.
  • one frequency domain resource unit may be at least one carrier or at least one BWP.
  • a position of an FFI may be configured for each carrier or each BWP in the DCI, that is, indicating the target transmission direction of all subbands in each carrier or each BWP.
  • the DCI carrying the FFI may include FFIs of multiple carriers.
  • all BWPs in one carrier can use the same FFI; for example, there are 7 subbands in the first BWP in carrier 1, and there are 7 subbands in the second BWP. 7 subbands; the FFI indicates that the target transmission direction of the 7 subbands in the first BWP is "UUFFUDD", and the target transmission direction of the 7 subbands in the second BWP is also "UUFFUDD".
  • the DCI carrying FFI may include FFIs of multiple BWPs; for example, there are 8 subbands in BWP1, 8 subbands in BWP2, 8 subbands in BWP3, ..., in BWPn 8 subbands; FFI1 indicates “UUFFUDDU”, FFI2 indicates “UDFFUDUU”, FFI3 indicates “UFFFFDUU”, ..., FFI n indicates "UFFFFDUU”; the terminal can determine that the target transmission directions of the 8 subbands are "UUFFUDDU” based on FFI1 indicating BWP1 ”; the terminal may determine that the target transmission directions of the 8 subbands are “UFFFFDUU” based on the FFI2 indicating BWP2; the terminal may determine that the target transmission directions of the 8 subbands are “UFFFFDUU” based on the FFI3 indicating BWP3; The FFI n of BWP n determines that the target transmission directions of the
  • each frequency domain format indication information may correspond to a terminal group, and different terminals (groups) may use the same or different frequency domain format indication information.
  • the frequency domain format indicated by the information may correspond to a terminal group, and different terminals (groups) may use the same or different frequency domain format indication information.
  • an FFI location can be configured for each terminal group in the DCI.
  • the network configures the positions of the FFIs of its BWP1 and BWP2 in the DCI as FFI1 and FFI2.
  • the UE when the UE is configured to use BWP1, the UE uses FFI1, that is, it can be determined that the target transmission directions of the 8 subbands are “UUFFUDDU” respectively.
  • the UE uses BWP2, the UE uses FFI2.
  • the network side device may also jointly indicate the FFI of each bwp and each carrier to a terminal group.
  • the UE is configured for carrier aggregation of 2 carriers, and for carrier 1, the UE is configured with 3 BWPs, namely BWP1, BWP2, and BWP3.
  • the UE is configured with 3 BWPs, namely BWP1, BWP2, and BWP3.
  • the UE will determine the frequency domain format according to FFI1 and FFI6.
  • the frequency domain format indication information includes a third index group
  • the third index group is used to indicate at least one third target format group in the third frequency-domain format table, wherein each third target format group respectively indicates a subband;
  • a third target format group is used to indicate the target transmission direction respectively corresponding to at least one symbol, sub-slot or time slot in a time-domain resource unit;
  • the third frequency domain format table is pre-configured or predefined by a protocol or indicated to the terminal in advance by the network side device.
  • the system can be pre-configured or the protocol can be pre-defined or the network side device can pre-indicate an index table for FFI indication, that is, the third frequency domain format table, including at least one third index eSFI index n and each The third target format group corresponding to the three indices, wherein each third target format group may correspondingly indicate the target transmission direction corresponding to each sub-slot in the time-domain unit corresponding to one sub-band.
  • the network side device can send the third index group to the terminal, and the network side device can indicate the target carrier or all subbands of the BWP by indicating the third index group.
  • the terminal may receive the third index sent by the network side device, and use the third index to determine the corresponding third index in the third frequency domain format table.
  • the third target format group and further determine the indication content corresponding to the third target format group, that is, the target transmission direction corresponding to each sub-slot in the time-domain unit corresponding to all sub-bands of the target carrier or BWP.
  • one BWP includes 6 subbands, that is, subband 1 to subband 6, and one time domain unit includes 6 subslots; that is, the network side device can indicate subband 1 through FFIA To subband 6 respectively corresponds to the third index group eSFI1, eSFI2, ..., eSFI6, wherein, eSFI1 can indicate that the target transmission direction of each time domain unit of the first subband is "DDDDDD", The target transmission direction of the time domain unit is "DFUUUU", ..., eSFI6 indicates that the target transmission direction of each time domain unit of the sixth subband is "DUFDDD".
  • the third target format groups corresponding to different subbands in one BWP or one carrier may be the same or different;
  • a BWP includes 8 subbands, that is, subband 1 to subband 8 are sorted in descending order based on frequency, and one time domain unit includes 6 time slots; that is, the network side device can Subband 1 to subband 8 are indicated by FFI respectively corresponding to the third index group eSFI index1, eSFI index1, eSFI index2, eSFI index2, eSFI index3, eSFI index3, eSFI index1, eSFI index1, wherein, eSFI index1 indicates "DDDDDD”, eSFI index1 index2 indicates “DFUUUU", and eSFI index3 indicates "DFFUUU".
  • the network side device may indicate the FFI and the action time at the same time, that is, enhanced slot format indication (eSFI).
  • eSFI enhanced slot format indication
  • the network side device may configure/indicate eSFI (enhanced slot format indication) per subband.
  • the eSFI may adopt a third frequency domain format table, and the third frequency domain format table may adopt an indication manner similar to Table 1.
  • the network side device may configure or indicate the number of subbands, each subband configures or indicates an index value (third index) of the eSFI, and the purpose of simultaneously indicating the FFI and the action time is achieved through the eSFI.
  • the frequency domain format indication information includes a fourth index
  • the fourth index is used to indicate a fourth target format group in the fifth frequency domain format table, wherein the fourth target format group includes at least one fifth target format group;
  • each fifth target format group indicates a subband correspondingly
  • a fifth target format group is used to indicate the target transmission direction respectively corresponding to at least one symbol, sub-slot or time slot in a time-domain resource unit;
  • the fifth frequency domain format table is pre-configured or predefined by a protocol or indicated to the terminal in advance by the network side device.
  • the signaling indication for the eSFI can be implemented by configuring a terminal on the network side to monitor one or more eSFIs in the DCI.
  • the network side device can configure the position of eSFI 5 in the DCI carrying eSFI for the backward UE1, and UE1 can determine the format of the slot according to the SFI-index of eSFI 5.
  • the network side device may configure the position of eSFI 6 in the DCI carrying eSFI for the backward UE2, and UE2 will determine the format of the slot according to the SFI-index of eSFI 6.
  • the network side device can configure 4 subbands for UE3, and configure it to monitor the position of eSFI 1-4 in the DCI carrying eSFI, UE3 will determine the format of the slot of each subband according to the SFI-index of eSFI 1-4.
  • multiple eSFIs may be used to indicate the FFI and the action time of the FFI, so that a UE (group) can simultaneously indicate the FFI and its action time for each carrier or each subband of each BWP. At the same time, it is compatible with backward UE.
  • the network side device can configure the mapping relationship between the subband number and the eSFI, for example, the network can configure the following mapping relationship for the UE:
  • the network side device may configure an index table of subbands and eSFI, that is, a fifth frequency domain format table, as shown in Table 4 below, and then indicate by an index, that is, a fourth index.
  • Each of the eSFIs may adopt an indication method similar to that in Table 1.
  • Table 4 is only used as an example of the fifth frequency domain format table, not as a limitation on the fifth frequency domain format table.
  • the frequency-domain format indication information is used to indicate a target time period during which the frequency-domain format takes effect.
  • the frequency domain format indicated by the frequency domain format indication information may be configured to take effect in the target time period.
  • index For example, it can be indicated by an index
  • the effective time of the eSFI can be configured, for example, the action time corresponding to each index can be configured by the upper layer, as shown in Table 5 (index effective timetable a) below.
  • Table 5 is only used as an example of the index effective timetable, not as a restriction on the index effective timetable.
  • index alone, as shown in Table 6 (Index Validation Schedule b) below.
  • Table 6 is only used as an example of the index effective timetable, and not as a restriction on the index effective timetable.
  • the target time period includes:
  • the monitoring period during which the terminal receives the frequency domain format indication information that is,
  • the target time period in which the frequency domain format indicated by the frequency domain format indication information takes effect may start from a time when the frequency domain format indication information is received, and last until the terminal receives the next frequency domain format indication information.
  • the target time period may be determined according to a predefined rule or network configuration.
  • the network may configure the FFI action time as the monitoring period of the DCI bearing the FFI. That is, if the UE receives a DCI bearing an FFI at a monitoring moment, the FFI will continue to take effect until the DCI bearing a new FFI is received.
  • the target time period is pre-configured or predefined by a protocol or indicated to the terminal in advance by the network side device.
  • the target time period during which the frequency domain format indicated by the frequency domain format indication information takes effect may be pre-configured or predefined by a protocol or pre-indicated by the network side device.
  • the frequency domain format indication information is used to indicate that the first time period is the target time period.
  • the effective time of the FFI can be explicitly indicated.
  • the network side device may additionally configure the action time of the FFI.
  • the DCI carrying the FFI includes an action time indication field, for example, for a UE (group) to at least one carrier and or at least one BWP, the configuration is shown in FIG. 13 , and the UE monitors the FFI1 and its duration is The time is x1, the duration of UE monitoring FFI2 is x2, and the duration of UE monitoring FFI3 is x3.
  • the network-side device can configure the time-domain granularity and time-domain pattern of the FFI action time.
  • the time-domain granularity is slot
  • the time-domain pattern is 1010100101, where 1 represents the slot where FFI is used, and 0 represents the slot where FFI is not applied.
  • the DCI can be indicated in Figure 14.
  • the indication signaling can be arranged in the DCI through a combination of the following sequences.
  • Combination 1 first the frequency domain indication within the carrier, then the time domain indication, and finally the frequency domain indication between the carriers;
  • Combination 2 first time domain indication, then frequency domain indication within the carrier, and finally frequency domain indication between carriers;
  • Combination 3 First the frequency domain indication within the carrier, then the frequency domain indication between the carriers, and finally the time domain indication.
  • Figure 15 is an indication form of combination 1.
  • the frequency-domain format indication information includes a second index; the second index is used to indicate a second target format group in the second frequency-domain format table;
  • the two target format groups include each subband and the target transmission direction corresponding to each subband and the target time period of the second target format group;
  • the second frequency domain format table is pre-configured or a protocol Predefined or pre-indicated to the terminal by the network side device.
  • the FFI and its effective time can be jointly configured as a table (the second frequency domain format table);
  • the network may be pre-configured or the protocol may be pre-defined, or the network-side device may pre-indicate an index table for FFI indication, that is, the second frequency domain format table, including the second index and the second target corresponding to the second index.
  • the network side device can send the second index to the terminal, and the network side device can indicate all subbands in a frequency domain unit by indicating the second index group. Corresponding target transmission directions, and subslots in which each target transmission direction is valid.
  • the terminal may receive the second index sent by the network side device, and use the second index to determine in the second frequency domain format table the corresponding value of the second index.
  • the second target format group and further determine the indication content corresponding to the second target format group, that is, target transmission directions corresponding to all subbands in a frequency domain unit, and subslots in which each target transmission direction is valid.
  • the network side device may indicate an index (the second index) and at the same time indicate the FFI and its action time. As shown in Table 7 (the second frequency domain format table) below.
  • Table 7 is only used as an example of the second frequency domain format table, and not as a limitation on the second frequency domain format table.
  • the start time of the target time period is after the last symbol of the PDCCH carrying the frequency domain format indication information.
  • the target time period can be T'proc, 2 symbols after the last symbol of PDCCH carrying FFI.
  • T' proc, 2 is given by
  • T proc,2 max((N 2 +d 2,1 )(2048+144) ⁇ 2 ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ T C ,d 2,2 ) is obtained;
  • d offset is obtained from delta_Offset
  • is the minimum value of the subcarrier spacing of PDCCH and the minimum subcarrier configuration ⁇ UL
  • ⁇ UL can be provided by the higher layer parameter FrequencyInfoUL or the scs-SpecificCarrierList parameter of FrequencyInfoUL-SIB.
  • the method further includes:
  • monitoring indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the terminal may detect the FFI based on the monitoring period of the FFI.
  • the network side device may configure the monitoring period and monitoring offset of the DCI bearing the FFI.
  • the monitoring period can be [1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 40, 80, 160, 320, 640, 1280, 2560] timeslots or subslots or symbols;
  • the network side device may be configured to monitor the monitoring pattern of the DCI bearing the FFI in the slot, and the terminal may detect the FFI based on the monitoring pattern.
  • a UE (group) is configured to monitor the DCI bearing FFI (or eSFI)
  • FFI or eSFI
  • the UE can transmit according to the uplink and downlink frequency bands indicated by FFI or eSFI. If no DCI is detected, then the transmission can be performed according to tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon, or tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated or SFI or dynamic scheduling or upper-layer configuration.
  • the UE is configured with 1 slot as a periodic CG or SPS, and the CG and SPS are only sent and received in the valid transmission direction.
  • the network side device may configure the UE to only detect the DCI bearing the FFI and not monitor the DCI bearing the SFI.
  • the terminal may only monitor the frequency domain format indication information, and not monitor the time domain format indication information SFI.
  • the method further includes:
  • the new frequency domain format indication information is used to indicate the target transmission direction of the flexible subband.
  • the frequency domain format indication information may only be used to indicate the target transmission direction of the flexible subband.
  • the new frequency-domain format indication information may only be used to indicate the target transmission direction of the flexible subband, and correspondingly, the transmission directions of other subbands cannot be changed.
  • the network side device configures the flexible subband, it can only change the direction of the flexible subband subsequently.
  • an FFI indicates that the flexible subband N is changed to the uplink or downlink direction.
  • the transmission direction is determined.
  • the terminal may receive new frequency domain format indication information after determining the target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in one frequency domain resource unit;
  • the new frequency domain format indication information may also be used to indicate the target transmission directions of the flexible subband and the non-flexible subband.
  • the target transmission direction of the non-flexible subband can be based on the new frequency.
  • the domain format indication information is updated, or it is not updated based on the new frequency domain format indication information. Specifically, whether to update can be pre-defined by the protocol or pre-configured by the system or pre-indicated by the network side.
  • the frequency domain format indication information is based on high-layer signaling semi-static indication or based on MAC CE indication or based on DCI dynamic indication.
  • the frequency domain format indication information is based on high-layer signaling semi-static indication or based on MAC CE indication or based on DCI dynamic indication.
  • the frequency domain format indication information may be semi-static signaling and/or dynamic signaling; if it is dynamic signaling, it may be UE-specific or group common DCI.
  • the signaling that bears the FFI is dynamic signaling
  • the DCI that bears the FFI may be UE-specific or group common DCI.
  • the size of the DCI may be the same as one other DCI payload size, eg, aligned with the SFI payload size, eg, a maximum of n bits, and n may be 128 bits.
  • padding bits can be padded to achieve bit alignment.
  • the network may configure an RNTI for scrambling the DCI, for example, using FFI-RNTI for scrambling.
  • the RNTI is used to distinguish the DCI carrying FFI from other DCIs of the same payload size.
  • the terminal is instructed by the network side device to determine the target transmission direction of one or more subbands in a frequency domain resource unit, and includes flexible subbands that can be flexibly used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission, satisfying different requirements.
  • the system configuration required by the traffic is beneficial to improve the system spectrum utilization and reduce the delay.
  • the execution subject may be a resource determination apparatus, or a control module in the resource determination apparatus for executing the resource determination method.
  • the resource determining device provided by the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the resource determining device executing the resource determining method as an example.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for determining resources provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 19 , the apparatus includes: a first receiving module 1910 and a first determining module 1920; wherein:
  • the first receiving module 1910 is configured to receive the frequency domain format indication information sent by the network side device;
  • the first determining module 1920 is configured to determine, based on the frequency-domain format indication information, a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit;
  • the target transmission direction includes: an uplink direction, a downlink direction, or a flexible direction;
  • the flexible subband whose target transmission direction is the flexible direction may be used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission.
  • the resource determining apparatus may receive, through the first receiving module 1910, the frequency domain format indication information sent by the network-side device; A target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband; wherein, the target transmission direction includes: an uplink direction, a downlink direction, or a flexible direction; the flexible subband whose target transmission direction is a flexible direction can be used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission.
  • the terminal is instructed by the network side device to determine the target transmission direction of one or more subbands in a frequency domain resource unit, and includes flexible subbands that can be flexibly used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission, satisfying different requirements.
  • the system configuration required by the traffic is beneficial to improve the system spectrum utilization and reduce the delay.
  • the first determining module is also used for:
  • the terminal determines the size of each subband in the at least one subband and the number of the at least one subband based on the first indication information sent by the network side device.
  • the frequency domain format indication information includes: at least one second indication information corresponding to the at least one subband;
  • the target transmission direction of the at least one subband is indicated by the second indication information from low to high or from high to low based on the subband frequency of the at least one subband.
  • the size of the frequency domain format indication information is determined based on the number of the at least one subband.
  • the frequency domain format indication information includes: reference direction indication information, the number and position of the flexible subbands.
  • the first determining module is also used for:
  • the terminal determines, based on the reference direction indication information, a flexible subband in the at least one subband and a target transmission direction of a non-flexible subband in the at least one subband, where the non-flexible subband is the A subband of at least one subband that is not a flexible subband.
  • the size of the frequency domain format indication information is determined based on the number of the flexible subbands.
  • the frequency domain format indication information includes: a first index; the first index is used to indicate a first target format group in the first frequency domain format table; wherein, each of the first frequency domain format table
  • the first target format group includes each subband and a target transmission direction corresponding to each subband;
  • the first frequency domain format table is preconfigured or predefined by a protocol or indicated in advance by a network side device.
  • the first receiving module is also used for:
  • the terminal receives at least one frequency domain format indication information sent by the network side device;
  • One frequency domain format indication information corresponds to one frequency domain resource unit, and different frequency domain format indication information corresponds to different frequency domain resource units.
  • one of the frequency domain format indication information corresponds to one terminal group, and the terminal group includes the terminal.
  • the frequency domain format indication information includes a third index group
  • the third index group is used to indicate at least one third target format group in the third frequency-domain format table, wherein each third target format group respectively indicates a subband;
  • a third target format group is used to indicate the target transmission direction respectively corresponding to at least one symbol, sub-slot or time slot in a time-domain resource unit;
  • the third frequency domain format table is pre-configured or pre-defined by a protocol or pre-indicated by a network side device.
  • the frequency domain format indication information includes a fourth index
  • the fourth index is used to indicate a fourth target format group in the fifth frequency domain format table, wherein the fourth target format group includes at least one fifth target format group;
  • each fifth target format group indicates a subband correspondingly
  • a fifth target format group is used to indicate the target transmission direction respectively corresponding to at least one symbol, sub-slot or time slot in a time-domain resource unit;
  • the fifth frequency domain format table is pre-configured or pre-defined by a protocol or pre-indicated by a network side device.
  • the first determining module is also used for:
  • the target time period includes:
  • the target time period is pre-configured or predefined by a protocol or pre-indicated by a network side device.
  • the first determining module is also used for:
  • the target time period is determined based on the first time period indicated by the frequency domain format indication information.
  • the frequency-domain format indication information includes a second index; the second index is used to indicate a second target format group in the second frequency-domain format table;
  • the two target format groups include each subband and the target transmission direction corresponding to each subband and the target time period of the second target format group;
  • the second frequency domain format table is pre-configured or a protocol Predefined or pre-indicated by the network side device.
  • the start time of the target time period is after the last symbol of the PDCCH carrying the frequency domain format indication information.
  • the first receiving module is also used for:
  • the terminal monitors the frequency domain format indication information based on the monitoring period and the monitoring offset;
  • the monitoring period and monitoring offset are pre-configured or predefined by a protocol or pre-indicated by a network side device.
  • the first receiving module is also used for:
  • the terminal only monitors the frequency domain format indication information
  • the terminal does not monitor the time domain format indication information SFI.
  • the first determining module is also used for at least one of the following:
  • the terminal determines the target transmission direction of the non-flexible subband based on the time domain format indication information SFI.
  • the device further includes:
  • a second receiving module configured to receive new frequency-domain format indication information after the target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit is determined
  • a second determining module configured to determine the target transmission direction of the flexible subband based on the new frequency-domain format indication information.
  • the device further includes:
  • the third determining module is configured to determine the target transmission direction of the flexible subband based on the transmission direction requirement of the current transmission task.
  • the first receiving module is also used for:
  • No guard band is configured between the adjacent subbands with the same target transmission direction.
  • the frequency domain format indication information is based on high-layer signaling semi-static indication or based on MAC CE indication or based on DCI dynamic indication.
  • the terminal is instructed by the network side device to determine the target transmission direction of one or more subbands in a frequency domain resource unit, and includes flexible subbands that can be flexibly used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission, satisfying different requirements.
  • the system configuration required by the traffic is beneficial to improve the system spectrum utilization and reduce the delay.
  • the resource determination apparatus in this embodiment of the present application may be an apparatus, an apparatus having an operating system or an electronic device, and may also be a component, an integrated circuit, or a chip in a terminal.
  • the apparatus or electronic device may be a mobile terminal or a non-mobile terminal.
  • the mobile terminal may include, but is not limited to, the types of terminals 11 listed above, and the non-mobile terminal may be a server, a network attached storage (NAS), a personal computer (personal computer, PC), a television ( television, TV), teller machine, or self-service machine, etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the resource determination apparatus provided in the embodiment of the present application can implement each process implemented by the method embodiments in FIG. N to FIG. N+x, and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, details are not described here.
  • FIG. 20 is a second schematic structural diagram of a resource determination apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 20 , the apparatus includes: a first sending module 2010; wherein:
  • the first sending module 2010 is configured to send frequency-domain format indication information, where the frequency-domain format indication information is used to indicate a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit;
  • the target transmission direction includes: an uplink direction, a downlink direction, or a flexible direction;
  • the flexible subband whose target transmission direction is the flexible direction may be used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission.
  • the resource determining apparatus may send frequency-domain format indication information through the first sending module 2010, where the frequency-domain format indication information is used to indicate a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit;
  • the target transmission direction includes: an uplink direction, a downlink direction, or a flexible direction; the flexible subband whose target transmission direction is a flexible direction can be used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission.
  • the terminal is instructed by the network side device to determine the target transmission direction of one or more subbands in a frequency domain resource unit, and includes flexible subbands that can be flexibly used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission, satisfying different requirements.
  • the system configuration required by the traffic is beneficial to improve the system spectrum utilization and reduce the delay.
  • the device further includes:
  • the second sending module is configured to send first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the size of each subband in the at least one subband and the quantity of the at least one subband.
  • the frequency domain format indication information includes: at least one second indication information corresponding to the at least one subband;
  • the target transmission direction of the at least one subband is indicated by the second indication information from low to high or from high to low based on the subband frequency of the at least one subband.
  • the size of the frequency domain format indication information is determined based on the number of the at least one subband.
  • the frequency domain format indication information includes: reference direction indication information, the number and position of the flexible subbands.
  • the size of the frequency domain format indication information is determined based on the number of the flexible subbands.
  • the frequency domain format indication information includes: a first index; the first index is used to indicate a first target format group in the first frequency domain format table; wherein, each of the first frequency domain format table
  • the first target format group includes each subband and a target transmission direction corresponding to each subband;
  • the first frequency domain format table is preconfigured or predefined by a protocol or indicated in advance by a network side device.
  • the first sending module is further configured to:
  • the network side device sends at least one frequency domain format indication information
  • One frequency domain format indication information corresponds to one frequency domain resource unit, and different frequency domain format indication information corresponds to different frequency domain resource units.
  • one of the frequency domain format indication information corresponds to one terminal group, and the terminal group includes the terminal.
  • the frequency domain format indication information includes a third index group
  • the third index group is used to indicate at least one third target format group in the third frequency-domain format table, wherein each third target format group respectively indicates a subband;
  • a third target format group is used to indicate the target transmission direction respectively corresponding to at least one symbol, sub-slot or time slot in a time-domain resource unit;
  • the third frequency domain format table is pre-configured or predefined by a protocol or indicated to the terminal in advance by the network side device.
  • the frequency domain format indication information includes a fourth index
  • the fourth index is used to indicate a fourth target format group in the fifth frequency domain format table, wherein the fourth target format group includes at least one fifth target format group;
  • each fifth target format group indicates a subband correspondingly
  • a fifth target format group is used to indicate the target transmission direction respectively corresponding to at least one symbol, sub-slot or time slot in a time-domain resource unit;
  • the fifth frequency domain format table is pre-configured or predefined by a protocol or indicated to the terminal in advance by the network side device.
  • the frequency-domain format indication information is used to indicate a target time period during which the frequency-domain format takes effect.
  • the target time period includes:
  • the target time period is pre-configured or predefined by a protocol or indicated to the terminal in advance by the network side device.
  • the frequency domain format indication information is used to indicate that the first time period is the target time period.
  • the frequency-domain format indication information includes a second index; the second index is used to indicate a second target format group in the second frequency-domain format table;
  • the two target format groups include each subband and the target transmission direction corresponding to each subband and the target time period of the second target format group;
  • the second frequency domain format table is pre-configured or a protocol Predefined or pre-indicated to the terminal by the network side device.
  • the start time of the target time period is after the last symbol of the PDCCH carrying the frequency domain format indication information.
  • the device further includes:
  • the third sending module is configured to send monitoring indication information to the terminal, where the monitoring indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the device further includes:
  • a fourth sending module configured to send new frequency-domain format indication information after sending the frequency-domain format indication information
  • the new frequency domain format indication information is used to indicate the target transmission direction of the flexible subband.
  • the frequency domain format indication information is based on high-layer signaling semi-static indication or based on MAC CE indication or based on DCI dynamic indication.
  • the terminal is instructed by the network side device to determine the target transmission direction of one or more subbands in a frequency domain resource unit, and includes flexible subbands that can be flexibly used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission, satisfying different requirements.
  • the system configuration required by the traffic is beneficial to improve the system spectrum utilization and reduce the delay.
  • the resource determination apparatus in this embodiment of the present application may be an apparatus, an apparatus having an operating system or an electronic device, and may also be a component, an integrated circuit, or a chip in a terminal.
  • the apparatus or electronic device may be a mobile terminal or a non-mobile terminal.
  • the mobile terminal may include, but is not limited to, the types of terminals 11 listed above, and the non-mobile terminal may be a server, a network attached storage (NAS), a personal computer (personal computer, PC), a television ( television, TV), teller machine, or self-service machine, etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the resource determination apparatus provided in the embodiment of the present application can implement each process implemented by the method embodiments in FIG. N to FIG. N+x, and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, details are not described here.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application; as shown in FIG. 21 , an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device 2100 , including a processor 2101 and a memory 2102 , which are stored in the memory 2102 A program or instruction that can be run on the processor 2101, for example, when the communication device 2100 is a terminal, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 2101, each process of the above-mentioned resource determination method embodiment can be achieved, and can achieve the same technical effect.
  • the communication device 2100 is a network-side device, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 2101, each process of the foregoing resource determination method embodiment can be implemented, and the same technical effect can be achieved. To avoid repetition, details are not described here.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a terminal, including a processor and a communication interface, where the communication interface is used for:
  • the processor is used to:
  • the target transmission direction includes: an uplink direction, a downlink direction, or a flexible direction;
  • the flexible subband whose target transmission direction is the flexible direction may be used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a terminal implementing an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal 2200 includes but is not limited to: a radio frequency unit 2201, a network module 2202, an audio output unit 2203, an input unit 2204, a sensor 2205, a display unit 2206, a user input unit 2207, an interface unit 2208, a memory 2209, and a processor 2210, etc. at least part of the components.
  • the terminal 2200 may also include a power source (such as a battery) for supplying power to various components, and the power source may be logically connected to the processor 2210 through a power management system, so as to manage charging, discharging, and power consumption through the power management system management and other functions.
  • a power source such as a battery
  • the terminal structure shown in FIG. 22 does not constitute a limitation on the terminal, and the terminal may include more or less components than shown, or combine some components, or arrange different components, which will not be repeated here.
  • the input unit 2204 may include a graphics processor (Graphics Processing Unit, GPU) 22041 and a microphone 22042. Such as camera) to obtain still pictures or video image data for processing.
  • the display unit 2206 may include a display panel 22061, which may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display, an organic light emitting diode, or the like.
  • the user input unit 2207 includes a touch panel 22071 and other input devices 22072 .
  • the touch panel 22071 is also called a touch screen.
  • the touch panel 22071 may include two parts, a touch detection device and a touch controller.
  • Other input devices 22072 may include, but are not limited to, physical keyboards, function keys (such as volume control keys, switch keys, etc.), trackballs, mice, and joysticks, which will not be repeated here.
  • the radio frequency unit 2201 receives the downlink data from the network side device, and then processes it to the processor 2210; in addition, sends the uplink data to the network side device.
  • the radio frequency unit 2201 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a low noise amplifier, a duplexer, and the like.
  • Memory 2209 may be used to store software programs or instructions as well as various data.
  • the memory 2209 may mainly include a storage program or instruction area and a storage data area, wherein the stored program or instruction area may store an operating system, an application program or instruction required for at least one function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.) and the like.
  • the memory 2209 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, wherein the non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), a programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM) , PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • ROM Read-Only Memory
  • PROM programmable read-only memory
  • PROM erasable programmable read-only memory
  • Erasable PROM Erasable PROM
  • EPROM electrically erasable programmable read-only memory
  • EEPROM electrically erasable programmable read-only memory
  • flash memory for example at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, or other non-volatile solid state storage device.
  • the processor 2210 may include one or more processing units; optionally, the processor 2210 may integrate an application processor and a modem processor, wherein the application processor mainly processes the operating system, user interface, and application programs or instructions, etc. Modem processors mainly deal with wireless communications, such as baseband processors. It can be understood that, the above-mentioned modulation and demodulation processor may not be integrated into the processor 2210.
  • the processor 2210 is configured to: receive frequency domain format indication information sent by the network side device;
  • the target transmission direction includes: an uplink direction, a downlink direction, or a flexible direction;
  • the flexible subband whose target transmission direction is the flexible direction may be used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission.
  • the terminal is instructed by the network side device to determine the target transmission direction of one or more subbands in a frequency domain resource unit, and includes flexible subbands that can be flexibly used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission, satisfying different requirements.
  • the system configuration required by the traffic is beneficial to improve the system spectrum utilization and reduce the delay.
  • processor 2210 is used to:
  • the terminal determines the size of each subband in the at least one subband and the number of the at least one subband based on the first indication information sent by the network side device.
  • the frequency domain format indication information includes: at least one second indication information corresponding to the at least one subband;
  • the target transmission direction of the at least one subband is indicated by the second indication information from low to high or from high to low based on the subband frequency of the at least one subband.
  • the size of the frequency domain format indication information is determined based on the number of the at least one subband.
  • the frequency domain format indication information includes: reference direction indication information, the number and position of the flexible subbands.
  • processor 2210 is used to:
  • the terminal determines, based on the reference direction indication information, a flexible subband in the at least one subband and a target transmission direction of a non-flexible subband in the at least one subband, where the non-flexible subband is the A subband of at least one subband that is not a flexible subband.
  • the size of the frequency domain format indication information is determined based on the number of the flexible subbands.
  • the frequency domain format indication information includes: a first index; the first index is used to indicate a first target format group in the first frequency domain format table; wherein, each of the first frequency domain format table
  • the first target format group includes each subband and a target transmission direction corresponding to each subband;
  • the first frequency domain format table is preconfigured or predefined by a protocol or indicated in advance by a network side device.
  • processor 2210 is used to:
  • the terminal receives at least one frequency domain format indication information sent by the network side device;
  • One frequency domain format indication information corresponds to one frequency domain resource unit, and different frequency domain format indication information corresponds to different frequency domain resource units.
  • one of the frequency domain format indication information corresponds to one terminal group, and the terminal group includes the terminal.
  • the frequency domain format indication information includes a third index group
  • the third index group is used to indicate at least one third target format group in the third frequency-domain format table, wherein each third target format group respectively indicates a subband;
  • a third target format group is used to indicate the target transmission direction respectively corresponding to at least one symbol, sub-slot or time slot in a time-domain resource unit;
  • the third frequency domain format table is pre-configured or pre-defined by a protocol or pre-indicated by a network side device.
  • the frequency domain format indication information includes a fourth index
  • the fourth index is used to indicate a fourth target format group in the fifth frequency domain format table, wherein the fourth target format group includes at least one fifth target format group;
  • each fifth target format group indicates a subband correspondingly
  • a fifth target format group is used to indicate the target transmission direction respectively corresponding to at least one symbol, sub-slot or time slot in a time-domain resource unit;
  • the fifth frequency domain format table is pre-configured or pre-defined by a protocol or pre-indicated by a network side device.
  • processor 2210 is used to:
  • the target time period includes:
  • processor 2210 is used to:
  • the target time period is determined based on the first time period indicated by the frequency domain format indication information.
  • the frequency-domain format indication information includes a second index; the second index is used to indicate a second target format group in the second frequency-domain format table;
  • the two target format groups include each subband and the target transmission direction corresponding to each subband and the target time period of the second target format group;
  • the second frequency domain format table is pre-configured or a protocol Predefined or pre-indicated by the network side device.
  • the start time of the target time period is after the last symbol of the PDCCH carrying the frequency domain format indication information.
  • processor 2210 is used to:
  • the terminal monitors the frequency domain format indication information based on the monitoring period and the monitoring offset;
  • the monitoring period and monitoring offset are pre-configured or predefined by a protocol or pre-indicated by a network side device.
  • processor 2210 is used to:
  • the terminal only monitors the frequency domain format indication information
  • the terminal does not monitor the time domain format indication information SFI.
  • the processor 2210 is used for at least one of the following:
  • the terminal determines the target transmission direction of the non-flexible subband based on the time domain format indication information SFI.
  • processor 2210 is used to:
  • the terminal After determining the target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in one frequency domain resource unit, the terminal receives new frequency domain format indication information;
  • the terminal determines the target transmission direction of the flexible subband based on the new frequency domain format indication information.
  • processor 2210 is used to:
  • the terminal determines the target transmission direction of the flexible subband based on the transmission direction requirement of the current transmission task.
  • no guard band is configured between the adjacent subbands with the same target transmission direction.
  • the frequency domain format indication information is based on high-layer signaling semi-static indication or based on MAC CE indication or based on DCI dynamic indication.
  • the terminal is instructed by the network side device to determine the target transmission direction of one or more subbands in a frequency domain resource unit, and includes flexible subbands that can be flexibly used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission, satisfying different requirements.
  • the system configuration required by the traffic is beneficial to improve the system spectrum utilization and reduce the delay.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a network-side device, including a processor and a communication interface, where the communication interface is used for:
  • frequency-domain format indication information where the frequency-domain format indication information is used to indicate a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit;
  • the target transmission direction includes: an uplink direction, a downlink direction, or a flexible direction;
  • the flexible subband whose target transmission direction is the flexible direction may be used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission.
  • This network-side device embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned network-side device method embodiment, and each implementation process and implementation manner of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to this network-side device embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a network side device implementing an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device 2300 includes: an antenna 2301 , a radio frequency device 2302 , and a baseband device 2303 .
  • the antenna 2301 is connected to the radio frequency device 2302 .
  • the radio frequency device 2302 receives information through the antenna 2301, and sends the received information to the baseband device 2303 for processing.
  • the baseband device 2303 processes the information to be sent and sends it to the radio frequency device 2302
  • the radio frequency device 2302 processes the received information and sends it out through the antenna 2301 .
  • the above-mentioned frequency band processing apparatus may be located in the baseband apparatus 2303 , and the method performed by the network side device in the above embodiments may be implemented in the baseband apparatus 2303 , and the baseband apparatus 2303 includes a processor 2304 and a memory 2305 .
  • the baseband device 2303 may include, for example, at least one baseband board on which multiple chips are arranged, as shown in FIG. 23 , one of the chips is, for example, the processor 2304, which is connected to the memory 2305 to call the program in the memory 2305 to execute The network devices shown in the above method embodiments operate.
  • the baseband device 2303 may further include a network interface 2306 for exchanging information with the radio frequency device 2302, the interface being, for example, a common public radio interface (CPRI for short).
  • CPRI common public radio interface
  • the network-side device in this embodiment of the present invention further includes: instructions or programs that are stored in the memory 2305 and run on the processor 2304, and the processor 2304 invokes the instructions or programs in the memory 2305 to execute the modules shown in FIG. 20 .
  • processor 2304 is used for;
  • the network side device sends frequency-domain format indication information, where the frequency-domain format indication information is used to indicate a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit;
  • the target transmission direction includes: an uplink direction, a downlink direction, or a flexible direction;
  • the flexible subband whose target transmission direction is the flexible direction may be used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission.
  • the terminal is instructed by the network side device to determine the target transmission direction of one or more subbands in a frequency domain resource unit, and includes flexible subbands that can be flexibly used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission, satisfying different requirements.
  • the system configuration required by the traffic is beneficial to improve the system spectrum utilization and reduce the delay.
  • the processor 2304 is used to;
  • the network side device sends first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the size of each subband in the at least one subband and the number of the at least one subband.
  • the target transmission direction of the at least one subband is indicated by the second indication information from low to high or from high to low based on the subband frequency of the at least one subband.
  • the size of the frequency domain format indication information is determined based on the number of the at least one subband.
  • the frequency domain format indication information includes: reference direction indication information, the number and position of the flexible subbands.
  • the size of the frequency domain format indication information is determined based on the number of the flexible subbands.
  • the frequency domain format indication information includes: a first index; the first index is used to indicate a first target format group in the first frequency domain format table; wherein, each of the first frequency domain format table
  • the first target format group includes each subband and a target transmission direction corresponding to each subband;
  • the first frequency domain format table is preconfigured or predefined by a protocol or indicated in advance by a network side device.
  • the processor 2304 is used to;
  • the network side device sends at least one frequency domain format indication information
  • One frequency domain format indication information corresponds to one frequency domain resource unit, and different frequency domain format indication information corresponds to different frequency domain resource units.
  • one of the frequency domain format indication information corresponds to one terminal group, and the terminal group includes the terminal.
  • the frequency domain format indication information includes a third index group
  • the third index group is used to indicate at least one third target format group in the third frequency-domain format table, wherein each third target format group respectively indicates a subband;
  • a third target format group is used to indicate a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one sub-slot in a time-domain resource unit;
  • the third frequency domain format table is pre-configured or predefined by a protocol or indicated to the terminal in advance by the network side device.
  • the frequency domain format indication information includes a fourth index
  • the fourth index is used to indicate a fourth target format group in the fifth frequency domain format table, wherein the fourth target format group includes at least one fifth target format group;
  • each fifth target format group indicates a subband correspondingly
  • a fifth target format group is used to indicate a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one sub-slot in a time-domain resource unit;
  • the fifth frequency domain format table is pre-configured or predefined by a protocol or indicated to the terminal in advance by the network side device.
  • the frequency-domain format indication information is used to indicate a target time period during which the frequency-domain format takes effect.
  • the target time period includes:
  • the frequency domain format indication information is used to indicate that the first time period is the target time period.
  • the frequency-domain format indication information includes a second index; the second index is used to indicate a second target format group in the second frequency-domain format table;
  • the two target format groups include each subband and the target transmission direction corresponding to each subband and the target time period of the second target format group;
  • the second frequency domain format table is pre-configured or a protocol Predefined or pre-indicated to the terminal by the network side device.
  • the start time of the target time period is after the last symbol of the PDCCH carrying the frequency domain format indication information.
  • the processor 2304 is used to;
  • monitoring indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the processor 2304 is used to;
  • the new frequency domain format indication information is used to indicate the target transmission direction of the flexible subband.
  • the frequency domain format indication information is based on high-layer signaling semi-static indication or based on MAC CE indication or based on DCI dynamic indication.
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a readable storage medium, where a program or an instruction is stored on the readable storage medium.
  • a program or an instruction is stored on the readable storage medium.
  • the processor is the processor in the terminal described in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the readable storage medium includes a computer-readable storage medium, such as a computer read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), a random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), a magnetic disk or an optical disk, and the like.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a chip, where the chip includes a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is configured to run a program or an instruction to implement the above resource determination method embodiment.
  • the chip includes a processor and a communication interface
  • the communication interface is coupled to the processor
  • the processor is configured to run a program or an instruction to implement the above resource determination method embodiment.
  • the chip mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as a system-on-chip, a system-on-chip, a system-on-chip, or a system-on-a-chip, or the like.

Abstract

The present application belongs to the technical field of communications. Disclosed are a resource determination method and apparatus, and a terminal, a network-side device and a storage medium. The resource determination method in the embodiments of the present application comprises: a terminal receiving frequency domain format indication information sent by a network-side device; and the terminal determining, on the basis of the frequency domain format indication information, a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one sub-band in one frequency domain resource unit, wherein the target transmission direction comprises an uplink direction, a downlink direction or a flexible direction, and a flexible sub-band, the target transmission direction of which is the flexible direction, can be used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission.

Description

资源确定方法、装置、终端、网络侧设备及存储介质Resource determination method, device, terminal, network side device and storage medium
相关申请的交叉引用CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
本申请要求于2021年04月07日提交的申请号为2021103735226,发明名称为“资源确定方法、装置、终端、网络侧设备及存储介质”的中国专利申请的优先权,其通过引用方式全部并入本申请。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 2021103735226 filed on April 07, 2021 and the invention title is "Resource Determination Method, Device, Terminal, Network Side Device and Storage Medium", which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. into this application.
技术领域technical field
本申请属于通信技术领域,具体涉及一种资源确定方法、装置、终端、网络侧设备及存储介质。The present application belongs to the field of communication technologies, and specifically relates to a resource determination method, apparatus, terminal, network side device and storage medium.
背景技术Background technique
网络为终端配置带宽部分(Bandwidth Part,BWP)和/或载波进行数据传输。The network configures a bandwidth part (Bandwidth Part, BWP) and/or a carrier for the terminal to perform data transmission.
目前网络配置给终端BWP后,该BWP是固定不变的。但终端的上、下行业务并不对称,在一些场景上行业务量大于下行业务量,但对于另外一些场景下行业务量大于上行业务量。会导致系统资源利用效率不高,传输反馈延时可能被延长,不利于低延时的业务。After the current network is configured to the terminal BWP, the BWP is fixed. However, the uplink and downlink services of the terminal are not asymmetric. In some scenarios, the uplink traffic volume is greater than the downlink traffic volume, but in other scenarios, the downlink traffic volume is greater than the uplink traffic volume. This will lead to inefficient utilization of system resources, and the transmission feedback delay may be prolonged, which is not conducive to low-latency services.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本申请实施例提供一种资源确定方法、装置、终端、网络侧设备及存储介质,能够解决系统资源利用效率不高,传输反馈延时延长的问题。The embodiments of the present application provide a resource determination method, apparatus, terminal, network-side device, and storage medium, which can solve the problems of low system resource utilization efficiency and prolonged transmission feedback delay.
第一方面,提供了一种资源确定方法,该方法包括:In a first aspect, a resource determination method is provided, the method comprising:
终端接收网络侧设备发送的频域格式指示信息;The terminal receives the frequency domain format indication information sent by the network side device;
终端基于所述频域格式指示信息,确定一个频域资源单元中至少一个子带对应的目标传输方向;The terminal determines, based on the frequency-domain format indication information, a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit;
其中,所述目标传输方向包括:上行方向,下行方向,或灵活方向;Wherein, the target transmission direction includes: an uplink direction, a downlink direction, or a flexible direction;
所述目标传输方向为灵活方向的灵活子带可用于上行传输或下行传输。The flexible subband whose target transmission direction is the flexible direction may be used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission.
第二方面,提供了一种资源确定方法,该方法包括:In a second aspect, a resource determination method is provided, the method comprising:
网络侧设备发送频域格式指示信息,所述频域格式指示信息用于指示一个频域资源单元中至少一个子带对应的目标传输方向;The network side device sends frequency-domain format indication information, where the frequency-domain format indication information is used to indicate a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit;
其中,所述目标传输方向包括:上行方向,下行方向,或灵活方向;Wherein, the target transmission direction includes: an uplink direction, a downlink direction, or a flexible direction;
所述目标传输方向为灵活方向的灵活子带可用于上行传输或下行传输。The flexible subband whose target transmission direction is the flexible direction may be used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission.
第三方面,提供了一种资源确定装置,该装置包括:In a third aspect, a resource determination device is provided, the device comprising:
第一接收模块,用于接收网络侧设备发送的频域格式指示信息;a first receiving module, configured to receive frequency domain format indication information sent by a network side device;
第一确定模块,用于基于所述频域格式指示信息,确定一个频域资源单元中至少一个子带对应的目标传输方向;a first determining module, configured to determine, based on the frequency-domain format indication information, a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit;
其中,所述目标传输方向包括:上行方向,下行方向,或灵活方向;Wherein, the target transmission direction includes: an uplink direction, a downlink direction, or a flexible direction;
所述目标传输方向为灵活方向的灵活子带可用于上行传输或下行传输。The flexible subband whose target transmission direction is the flexible direction may be used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission.
第四方面,提供了一种资源确定装置,该装置包括:In a fourth aspect, a resource determination device is provided, the device comprising:
第一发送模块,用于发送频域格式指示信息,所述频域格式指示信息用于指示一个频域资源单元中至少一个子带对应的目标传输方向;a first sending module, configured to send frequency-domain format indication information, where the frequency-domain format indication information is used to indicate a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit;
其中,所述目标传输方向包括:上行方向,下行方向,或灵活方向;Wherein, the target transmission direction includes: an uplink direction, a downlink direction, or a flexible direction;
所述目标传输方向为灵活方向的灵活子带可用于上行传输或下行传输。The flexible subband whose target transmission direction is the flexible direction may be used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission.
第五方面,提供了一种终端,该终端包括处理器、存储器及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令,所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如第一方面所述的方法的步骤。In a fifth aspect, a terminal is provided, the terminal includes a processor, a memory, and a program or instruction stored on the memory and executable on the processor, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor The steps of implementing the method as described in the first aspect.
第六方面,提供了一种终端,包括处理器及通信接口,其中,所述通信接口用于:In a sixth aspect, a terminal is provided, including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is used for:
接收网络侧设备发送的频域格式指示信息,Receive the frequency domain format indication information sent by the network side device,
所述处理器用于:The processor is used to:
基于所述频域格式指示信息,确定一个频域资源单元中至少一个子带对应的目标传输方向;determining, based on the frequency-domain format indication information, a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit;
其中,所述目标传输方向包括:上行方向,下行方向,或灵活方向;Wherein, the target transmission direction includes: an uplink direction, a downlink direction, or a flexible direction;
所述目标传输方向为灵活方向的灵活子带可用于上行传输或下行传输。The flexible subband whose target transmission direction is the flexible direction may be used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission.
第七方面,提供了一种网络侧设备,该网络侧设备包括处理器、存储器及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令,所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如第一方面所述的方法的步骤。In a seventh aspect, a network side device is provided, the network side device includes a processor, a memory, and a program or instruction stored on the memory and executable on the processor, the program or instruction being executed by the The processor implements the steps of the method as described in the first aspect when executed.
第八方面,提供了一种网络侧设备,包括处理器及通信接口,其中,所述通信接口用于:In an eighth aspect, a network-side device is provided, including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is used for:
发送频域格式指示信息,所述频域格式指示信息用于指示一个频域资源单元中至少一个子带对应的目标传输方向;sending frequency-domain format indication information, where the frequency-domain format indication information is used to indicate a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit;
其中,所述目标传输方向包括:上行方向,下行方向,或灵活方向;Wherein, the target transmission direction includes: an uplink direction, a downlink direction, or a flexible direction;
所述目标传输方向为灵活方向的灵活子带可用于上行传输或下行传输。The flexible subband whose target transmission direction is the flexible direction may be used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission.
第九方面,提供了一种可读存储介质,所述可读存储介质上存储程序或指令,所述程序或指令被处理器执行时实现如第一方面所述的方法的步骤,或者实现如第二方面所述的方法的步骤。In a ninth aspect, a readable storage medium is provided, and a program or an instruction is stored on the readable storage medium, and when the program or instruction is executed by a processor, the steps of the method described in the first aspect are implemented, or the steps as described in the first aspect are implemented. The steps of the method of the second aspect.
第十方面,提供了一种芯片,所述芯片包括处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合,所述处理器用于运行程序或指令,实现如第一方面所述的方法的步骤,或者实现如第二方面所述的方法的步骤。A tenth aspect provides a chip, the chip includes a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is configured to run a program or an instruction to implement the method according to the first aspect steps, or steps of implementing the method according to the second aspect.
第十一方面,提供了一种计算机程序/程序产品,所述计算机程序/程序产品被存储在存储介质中,所述计算机程序/程序产品被至少一个处理器执行以实现如第一方面所述的方法的步骤,或者实现如第二方面所述的方法的步骤。In an eleventh aspect, there is provided a computer program/program product, the computer program/program product being stored in a storage medium, the computer program/program product being executed by at least one processor to implement as described in the first aspect The steps of the method, or the steps of implementing the method according to the second aspect.
在本申请实施例中,通过网络侧设备指示终端在一个频域资源单元中确定一个或多个子带的目标传输方向,且其中包括可以灵活用于上行传输或下行传输的灵活子带,满足不同业务量要求的系统配置,有益于改进系统频谱利用率并降低时延。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal is instructed by the network side device to determine the target transmission direction of one or more subbands in a frequency domain resource unit, and includes flexible subbands that can be flexibly used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission, satisfying different requirements. The system configuration required by the traffic is beneficial to improve the system spectrum utilization and reduce the delay.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1示出本申请实施例可应用的一种无线通信系统的结构示意图;FIG. 1 shows a schematic structural diagram of a wireless communication system to which an embodiment of the present application can be applied;
图2是本申请实施例提供的BWP配置示意图;2 is a schematic diagram of a BWP configuration provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3是本申请实施例提供的资源确定方法的流程示意图之一;3 is one of the schematic flowcharts of the resource determination method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请实施例提供的资源确定方法的示意图之一;FIG. 4 is one of the schematic diagrams of the resource determination method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请实施例提供的资源确定方法的示意图之二;FIG. 5 is a second schematic diagram of a resource determination method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请实施例提供的资源确定方法的示意图之三;FIG. 6 is a third schematic diagram of a resource determination method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例提供的资源确定方法的示意图之四;FIG. 7 is a fourth schematic diagram of a method for determining a resource provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请实施例提供的资源确定方法的示意图之五;FIG. 8 is a fifth schematic diagram of a resource determination method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9是本申请实施例提供的资源确定方法的示意图之六;FIG. 9 is a sixth schematic diagram of a resource determination method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10是本申请实施提供的资源确定方法的示意图之七;FIG. 10 is the seventh schematic diagram of the resource determination method provided by the implementation of the present application;
图11是本申请实施提供的资源确定方法的示意图之八;FIG. 11 is the eighth schematic diagram of the resource determination method provided by the implementation of this application;
图12是本申请实施提供的资源确定方法的示意图之九;Fig. 12 is the ninth schematic diagram of the resource determination method provided by the implementation of the present application;
图13是本申请实施提供的资源确定方法的示意图之十;FIG. 13 is a tenth schematic diagram of the resource determination method provided by the implementation of the present application;
图14是本申请实施提供的资源确定方法的示意图之十一;FIG. 14 is an eleventh schematic diagram of a resource determination method provided by the implementation of the present application;
图15是本申请实施提供的资源确定方法的示意图之十二;FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of the twelfth schematic diagram of the resource determination method provided by the implementation of the present application;
图16是本申请实施提供的资源确定方法的示意图之十三;16 is a schematic diagram of the thirteenth schematic diagram of the resource determination method provided by the implementation of the present application;
图17是本申请实施提供的资源确定方法的示意图之十四;FIG. 17 is a fourteenth schematic diagram of the resource determination method provided by the implementation of the present application;
图18是本申请实施例提供的资源确定方法的流程示意图之二;FIG. 18 is the second schematic flowchart of the resource determination method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图19是本申请实施例提供的资源确定装置的结构示意图之一;FIG. 19 is one of the schematic structural diagrams of the resource determination apparatus provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图20是本申请实施例提供的资源确定装置的结构示意图之二;FIG. 20 is a second schematic structural diagram of a resource determination apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图21是本申请实施例提供的通信设备的结构示意图;21 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图22是实现本申请实施例的一种终端的硬件结构示意图;22 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a terminal implementing an embodiment of the present application;
图23是实现本申请实施例的一种网络侧设备的硬件结构示意图。FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a network side device implementing an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be clearly described below with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments are part of the embodiments of the present application, but not all of the embodiments. Based on the embodiments in this application, all other embodiments obtained by those of ordinary skill in the art fall within the protection scope of this application.
本申请的说明书和权利要求书中的术语“第一”、“第二”等是用于区别类似的对象,而不用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样使用的术语在适当情况下可以互换,以便本申请的实施例能够以除了在这里图示或描述的那些以外的顺序实施,且“第一”、“第二”所区别的对象通常为一类,并不限定对象的个数,例如第一对象可以是一个,也可以是多个。此外,说明书以及权利要求中“和/或”表示所连接对象的至少其中之一,字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。The terms "first", "second" and the like in the description and claims of the present application are used to distinguish similar objects, and are not used to describe a specific order or sequence. It is to be understood that the terms so used are interchangeable under appropriate circumstances so that the embodiments of the present application can be practiced in sequences other than those illustrated or described herein, and that "first", "second" distinguishes Usually it is a class, and the number of objects is not limited. For example, the first object may be one or multiple. In addition, "and/or" in the description and claims indicates at least one of the connected objects, and the character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects are in an "or" relationship.
值得指出的是,本申请实施例所描述的技术不限于长期演进型(Long Term Evolution,LTE)/LTE的演进(LTE-Advanced,LTE-A)系统,还可用于其他无线通信系统,诸如码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)、时分多址(Time Division Multiple Access,TDMA)、频分多址(Frequency Division Multiple Access,FDMA)、正交频分多址(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access,OFDMA)、单载波频分多址(Single-carrier Frequency-Division Multiple Access,SC-FDMA)和其他系统。本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”常被可互换地使用,所描述的技术既可用于以上提及的系统和无线电技术,也可用于其他系统和无线电技术。以下描述出于示例目的描述了新空口(New Radio,NR)系统,并且在以下大部分描述中使用NR术语,但是这些技术也可应用于NR系统应用以外的应用,如第6代(6 th Generation,6G)通信系统。 It is worth noting that the technologies described in the embodiments of this application are not limited to Long Term Evolution (LTE)/LTE-Advanced (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A) systems, and can also be used in other wireless communication systems, such as code Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA), Frequency Division Multiple Access (FDMA), Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access, OFDMA), Single-carrier Frequency-Division Multiple Access (SC-FDMA) and other systems. The terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of the present application are often used interchangeably, and the described technology can be used not only for the above-mentioned systems and radio technologies, but also for other systems and radio technologies. The following description describes a New Radio (NR) system for example purposes, and uses NR terminology in most of the description below, but the techniques are also applicable to applications other than NR system applications, such as 6th generation (6th generation ) Generation, 6G) communication system.
图1示出本申请实施例可应用的一种无线通信系统的结构示意图。无线通信系统包括终端11和网络侧设备12。其中,终端11也可以称作终端设备或者用户终端(User Equipment,UE),终端11可以是手机、平板电脑(Tablet Personal Computer)、膝上型电脑(Laptop Computer)或称为笔记本电脑、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)、掌上电脑、上网本、超级移动个人计算机(ultra-mobile personal computer,UMPC)、移动上网装置(Mobile Internet Device,MID)、可穿戴式设备(Wearable Device)或车载设备(VUE)、行人终端(PUE)等终端侧设备,可穿戴式设备包括:智能手表、手环、耳机、眼镜等。需要说明的是,在本申请实施例并不限定终端11的具体类型。网络侧设备12可以是基站或核心网,其中,基站可被称为节点B、演进节点B、接入点、基收发机站(Base Transceiver Station,BTS)、无线电 基站、无线电收发机、基本服务集(Basic Service Set,BSS)、扩展服务集(Extended Service Set,ESS)、B节点、演进型B节点(eNB)、家用B节点、家用演进型B节点、WLAN接入点、WiFi节点、发送接收点(Transmitting Receiving Point,TRP)或所述领域中其他某个合适的术语,只要达到相同的技术效果,所述基站不限于特定技术词汇,需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中仅以NR系统中的基站为例,但是并不限定基站的具体类型。FIG. 1 shows a schematic structural diagram of a wireless communication system to which an embodiment of the present application can be applied. The wireless communication system includes a terminal 11 and a network-side device 12 . The terminal 11 may also be called a terminal device or a user terminal (User Equipment, UE), and the terminal 11 may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer (Tablet Personal Computer), a laptop computer (Laptop Computer) or a notebook computer, a personal digital computer Assistant (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), handheld computer, netbook, ultra-mobile personal computer (ultra-mobile personal computer, UMPC), mobile Internet device (Mobile Internet Device, MID), wearable device (Wearable Device) or vehicle-mounted device (VUE), pedestrian terminal (PUE) and other terminal-side devices, wearable devices include: smart watches, bracelets, headphones, glasses, etc. It should be noted that, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific type of the terminal 11 . The network side device 12 may be a base station or a core network, wherein the base station may be referred to as a Node B, an evolved Node B, an access point, a Base Transceiver Station (BTS), a radio base station, a radio transceiver, a basic service Set (Basic Service Set, BSS), Extended Service Set (Extended Service Set, ESS), Node B, Evolved Node B (eNB), Home Node B, Home Evolved Node B, WLAN Access Point, WiFi Node, Send Transmitting Receiving Point (TRP) or some other suitable term in the field, as long as the same technical effect is achieved, the base station is not limited to specific technical terms. The base station in the NR system is taken as an example, but the specific type of the base station is not limited.
下面结合附图,通过一些实施例及其应用场景对本申请实施例提供的资源确定方法及装置进行详细地说明。The resource determination method and apparatus provided by the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings through some embodiments and application scenarios thereof.
在通信系统中,网络为终端配置BWP和/或载波进行数据传输。终端的带宽可以动态的变化。In a communication system, the network configures the terminal with BWP and/or carrier for data transmission. The bandwidth of the terminal can change dynamically.
图2是本申请实施例提供的BWP配置示意图,如图2所示,第一个时刻,终端的业务量较大,系统给终端配置一个大带宽(BWP1);第二时刻,终端的业务量较小,系统给终端配置了一个小带宽(BWP2),满足基本的通信需求即可;第三时刻,系统发现BWP1所在带宽内有大范围频率选择性衰落,或者BWP1所在频率范围内资源较为紧缺,于是给终端配置了一个新的带宽(BWP3)。Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram of a BWP configuration provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 2, at the first moment, the service volume of the terminal is relatively large, and the system configures a large bandwidth (BWP1) for the terminal; at the second moment, the service volume of the terminal Small, the system configures a small bandwidth (BWP2) for the terminal to meet the basic communication needs; at the third moment, the system finds that there is a wide range of frequency selective fading within the bandwidth where BWP1 is located, or resources are relatively scarce within the frequency range where BWP1 is located , so a new bandwidth (BWP3) is configured for the terminal.
每个BWP不仅仅是频点和带宽不一样,每个BWP可以对应不同的配置。比如,每个BWP的子载波间隔,CP类型,SSB(PSS/SSS PBCH Block)周期等都可以差异化配置,以适应不同的业务。Each BWP is not only different in frequency and bandwidth, but also can correspond to different configurations. For example, the subcarrier spacing, CP type, and SSB (PSS/SSS PBCH Block) period of each BWP can be configured differently to adapt to different services.
BWP的技术优势主要有四个方面:There are four main technical advantages of BWP:
1.终端无需支持全部带宽,只需要满足最低带宽要求即可,有利于低成本终端的开发;1. The terminal does not need to support the full bandwidth, but only needs to meet the minimum bandwidth requirements, which is conducive to the development of low-cost terminals;
2.当终端业务量不大时,终端可以切换到低带宽运行,可以非常明显的降低功耗;2. When the terminal traffic is not large, the terminal can be switched to low-bandwidth operation, which can significantly reduce power consumption;
3.通信技术前向兼容,当通信系统添加新的技术时,可以直接将新技术在新的BWP上运行,保证了系统的前向兼容;3. The communication technology is forward compatible. When a new technology is added to the communication system, the new technology can be directly run on the new BWP, which ensures the forward compatibility of the system;
4.适应业务需要,为业务动态配置BWP。4. Adapt to business needs and dynamically configure BWP for business.
另外,在通信系统中,上下行配置可以是以符号为粒度,配置更加灵活。具体的配置过程如下:In addition, in the communication system, the uplink and downlink configuration can be based on the granularity of symbols, and the configuration is more flexible. The specific configuration process is as follows:
(1)首先配置小区半静态上下行配置;(1) First configure the cell semi-static uplink and downlink configuration;
高层提供参数TDD-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon,该参数中包含参考子载波间隔u(reference SCS configuration)和pattern1,pattern1中又包含:The upper layer provides the parameter TDD-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon, which includes the reference subcarrier spacing u (reference SCS configuration) and pattern1, which also includes:
时隙配置周期(slot configuration period)P ms;Slot configuration period (slot configuration period) P ms;
下行时隙数Dslots(number of slots with only downlink symbols);The number of downlink time slots Dslots (number of slots with only downlink symbols);
下行符号数Dsym(number of downlink symbols);The number of downlink symbols Dsym(number of downlink symbols);
上行时隙数Uslots(number of slots with only uplink symbols);Uplink time slots Uslots (number of slots with only uplink symbols);
上行符号数Usym(number of uplink symbols);Usym(number of uplink symbols);
其中配置周期P=0.625ms仅对120kHz子载波间隔有效,P=1.25ms仅对60和120kHz子载波间隔有效,P=2.5ms仅对30 60和120kHz子载波间隔有效。那么一个配置周期就可以通过公式S=P*2u得知该周期包含多少时隙。在这些时隙中,前Dslots个时隙是下行时隙,接着是Dsym个下行符号,接着是Usym个上行符号,最后是Uslots个上行时隙。S个时隙中配置完上下行之后,剩下的就是灵活符号X。The configuration period P=0.625ms is only valid for 120kHz subcarrier spacing, P=1.25ms is only valid for 60 and 120kHz subcarrier spacing, and P=2.5ms is only valid for 30 60 and 120kHz subcarrier spacing. Then, a configuration period can be used to know how many time slots the period contains by using the formula S=P*2u. Of these time slots, the first Dslots time slots are downstream time slots, followed by Dsym downstream symbols, then Usym upstream symbols, and finally Uslots upstream time slots. After the uplink and downlink are configured in the S time slots, what remains is the flexible symbol X.
如果参数同时给了pattern1和pattern2,则可以连续配置两种不同的时隙格式,pattern2中的参数形式和pattern1类似。If the parameters are given to pattern1 and pattern2 at the same time, two different time slot formats can be configured continuously. The parameter format in pattern2 is similar to that in pattern1.
(2)然后配置小区专用上下行配置;(2) Then configure the cell-specific uplink and downlink configuration;
如果在(1)中配置的基础上,进一步提供了高层参数TDD-UL-DL-ConfigDedicated,那么该参数可以配置参数TDD-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon配置的灵活符号。也就是说(1)中配置的上下行符号不可以改变,但灵活符号可以被TDD-UL-DL-ConfigDedicated重写。If the high-level parameter TDD-UL-DL-ConfigDedicated is further provided on the basis of the configuration in (1), then this parameter can be configured with a flexible symbol configured by the parameter TDD-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon. That is to say, the uplink and downlink symbols configured in (1) cannot be changed, but the flexible symbols can be rewritten by TDD-UL-DL-ConfigDedicated.
该参数提供一系列时隙配置,对于每个时隙配置,提供时隙索引slot index和符号配置,对于slot index指定的slot,其中:This parameter provides a series of slot configurations. For each slot configuration, the slot index slot index and symbol configuration are provided. For the slot specified by slot index, where:
如果symbols=allDownlink,则该时隙中的所有符号都是下行的;If symbols=allDownlink, all symbols in this time slot are downlink;
如果symbols=allUplink,则该时隙中的所有符号都是上行的;If symbols=allUplink, all symbols in this time slot are uplink;
如果symbols=explicit,参数nrofDownlinkSymbols首先提供多个下行链路符号;If symbols=explicit, the parameter nrofDownlinkSymbols first provides multiple downlink symbols;
也就是说如果是explicit,那么参数nrofDownlinkSymbols提供下行符号的数量,nrofUplinkSymbols提供上行符号的数量,下行符号在最前面,上行符号在最后面,如果参数nrofDownlinkSymbols未被提供,则没有下行符号,如果nrofUplinkSymbols未被提供,则没有上行符号。配置完之后若还有剩余,则剩余的符号还是灵活符号X。(2)中的参考子载波间隔reference SCS configuration与(1)中相同。That is to say, if it is explicit, then the parameter nrofDownlinkSymbols provides the number of downlink symbols, and nrofUplinkSymbols provides the number of uplink symbols. is provided, there are no upstream symbols. After the configuration is complete, if there are still remaining symbols, the remaining symbols are still flexible symbols X. The reference subcarrier spacing reference SCS configuration in (2) is the same as in (1).
动态DCI实现的上下行配置通过DCI format 2-0实现,或者直接通过DCI format 0-0 0-1 1-0 1-1的上下行数据调度直接实现。DCI format 2-0专门用作SFI指示。SFI主要根据单时隙可支持的时隙格式,实现周期的帧结构配置,也就是从收到DCI format 2-0开始,持续物理下行控制信道监测周期(Physical Downlink Control Channel,PDCCH monitoringperiod)个slot,这些slot都按照这个下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,DCI)中的时域格式指示信息(slot format indicator,SFI)的指示来配置。单时隙支持的最大格式数为256个,已经标准化的格式为56个。正常cp的slot格式表如下表1(普通循环前缀的时隙格式表)所示;The uplink and downlink configuration implemented by dynamic DCI is implemented through DCI format 2-0, or directly through the uplink and downlink data scheduling of DCI format 0-0 0-1 1-0 1-1. DCI format 2-0 is used exclusively for SFI indication. SFI mainly implements periodic frame structure configuration according to the time slot format that can be supported by a single time slot, that is, starting from receiving DCI format 2-0, it continues the physical downlink control channel monitoring period (Physical Downlink Control Channel, PDCCH monitoring period) slots , these slots are configured according to the indication of the time domain format indicator (slot format indicator, SFI) in the downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI). The maximum number of formats supported by a single slot is 256, and 56 formats have been standardized. The slot format table of normal cp is shown in Table 1 below (slot format table of common cyclic prefix);
表1普通循环前缀的时隙格式表Table 1 Time slot format table of common cyclic prefix
Figure PCTCN2022085473-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2022085473-appb-000001
可选地,本申请实施例中,可以用F指示灵活方向的子带,用U指示目标传输方向为上行方向的子带,用D指示目标传输方向为下行方向的子带。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, F may be used to indicate a subband with a flexible direction, U may be used to indicate a subband with a target transmission direction in the uplink direction, and D may be used to indicate a subband with a target transmission direction in the downlink direction.
图3是本申请实施例提供的资源确定方法的流程示意图之一,如图3所示,该方法包括如下步骤:FIG. 3 is one of the schematic flowcharts of the resource determination method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 3 , the method includes the following steps:
步骤300,终端接收网络侧设备发送的频域格式指示信息; Step 300, the terminal receives the frequency domain format indication information sent by the network side device;
步骤310,终端基于所述频域格式指示信息,确定一个频域资源单元中至少一个子带对应的目标传输方向; Step 310, the terminal determines, based on the frequency domain format indication information, a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency domain resource unit;
其中,所述目标传输方向包括:上行方向,下行方向,或灵活方向;Wherein, the target transmission direction includes: an uplink direction, a downlink direction, or a flexible direction;
所述目标传输方向为灵活方向的灵活子带可用于上行传输或下行传输。The flexible subband whose target transmission direction is the flexible direction may be used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission.
可选地,网络侧设备可以指示第一时间单元内,第一频域单元内,频域上、下行、灵活方向的格式。Optionally, the network-side device may indicate the format of the uplink, downlink, and flexible directions in the frequency domain in the first time unit, in the first frequency domain unit.
可选地,网络侧设备可以指示频域上、下行、灵活方向的格式指示的频域子带的粒度。Optionally, the network side device may indicate the granularity of frequency domain subbands indicated by the format of frequency domain uplink, downlink, and flexible directions.
可选地,网络侧设备可以指示终端将整个频段划分为多个子带。Optionally, the network side device may instruct the terminal to divide the entire frequency band into multiple subbands.
可选地,第一时间单元可以是X个符号/时隙,X>=1。Optionally, the first time unit may be X symbols/slots, where X>=1.
可选地,第一频域单元可以是Y个BWP/载波(ComponentCarrier,CC),Y>=1。Optionally, the first frequency domain unit may be Y BWPs/carriers (Component Carrier, CC), Y>=1.
可选地,网络侧设备可以同时对频域和时域的格式进行指示;Optionally, the network side device can simultaneously indicate the frequency domain and time domain formats;
可选地,终端可以同时接收网络侧对频域和时域的格式的指示,并基于指示对频域和时域的格式进行配置。Optionally, the terminal may simultaneously receive an indication of the format in the frequency domain and the time domain from the network side, and configure the format in the frequency domain and the time domain based on the indication.
可选地,网络侧设备可以指示终端把一个频域单元分为多个子带,以子带为单位进行传输方向的指示;Optionally, the network-side device may instruct the terminal to divide a frequency domain unit into multiple subbands, and to indicate the transmission direction in units of subbands;
可选地,终端可以基于网络侧的指示把一个频域单元分为多个子带,以子带为单位确定传输方向。Optionally, the terminal may divide a frequency domain unit into multiple subbands based on an instruction from the network side, and determine the transmission direction in units of subbands.
可选地,网络侧设备可以指示终端在一个频域单元内的多个子带上执行相同或不同的传输方向的传输。Optionally, the network side device may instruct the terminal to perform transmission in the same or different transmission directions on multiple subbands in one frequency domain unit.
可选地,终端可以基于网络侧的指示在一个频域单元内的多个子带上执行相同或不同的传输方向的传输。Optionally, the terminal may perform transmission in the same or different transmission directions on multiple subbands within one frequency domain unit based on an indication from the network side.
可选地,网络侧设备可以指示终端在一个频域单元内的一个子带或多个子带为灵活子带。Optionally, the network side device may indicate that one subband or multiple subbands in one frequency domain unit of the terminal are flexible subbands.
可选地,终端可以基于网络侧的指示确定一个频域单元内的一个子带或多个子带为灵活子带。Optionally, the terminal may determine one subband or multiple subbands in one frequency domain unit as flexible subbands based on an indication from the network side.
可选地,灵活子带可以在上行传输和下行传输灵活切换;即灵活子带可以用于执行上行传输或者执行下行传输。Optionally, the flexible subband can be flexibly switched between uplink transmission and downlink transmission; that is, the flexible subband can be used to perform uplink transmission or perform downlink transmission.
可选地,网络侧设备可以指示每一个子带的目标传输方向,其中目标传输方向可以是上行方向,下行方向或灵活方向;Optionally, the network side device may indicate the target transmission direction of each subband, where the target transmission direction may be an uplink direction, a downlink direction or a flexible direction;
可选地,网络侧设备可以向终端发送频域格式指示信息(Frequency-domain Format Indication,FFI)。该频域格式指示信息指示终端在一个或多个BWP或一个或多个载波上,以子带粒度指示频域上、下行的传输方向。Optionally, the network side device may send frequency domain format indication information (Frequency-domain Format Indication, FFI) to the terminal. The frequency domain format indication information indicates that the terminal is on one or more BWPs or one or more carriers, and indicates the frequency domain uplink and downlink transmission directions with subband granularity.
可选地,该频域格式指示信息可以指示哪些频域资源是用作上行传输的资源,哪些是用下行传输的资源,哪些可以用作灵活传输的资源,指示为灵活传输的资源可以后续网络侧设备继续指示或终端基于当前传输任务或预定义的规则确定,例如通过DCI或高层信令指示为用于UL或DL传输的资源。Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information can indicate which frequency domain resources are used for uplink transmission, which are resources used for downlink transmission, and which can be used as flexible transmission resources, and the resources indicated as flexible transmission can be used by subsequent networks. The side device continues to instruct or the terminal determines based on the current transmission task or a predefined rule, for example, indicates the resource for UL or DL transmission through DCI or higher layer signaling.
可选地,终端可以接收网络侧设备发送的频域格式指示信息;然后终端可以基于频域格式指示信息,确定一个频域资源单元中至少一个子带对应的目标传输方向,比如上行方向,或下行方向,或灵活方向。Optionally, the terminal can receive the frequency domain format indication information sent by the network side device; then the terminal can determine, based on the frequency domain format indication information, a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency domain resource unit, such as an uplink direction, or Downward direction, or flexible direction.
可选地,被指示目标传输方向为灵活方向的子带可以称为灵活子带;Optionally, the subband whose target transmission direction is indicated as a flexible direction may be referred to as a flexible subband;
可选地,被指示目标传输方向不为灵活方向的子带可以称为非灵活子带。Optionally, the subbands indicated that the target transmission direction is not a flexible direction may be referred to as non-flexible subbands.
可选地,本申请实施例提出一种帧/时隙的频域格式指示方法,可以实现在一定时间内频域灵活的上、下行传输。Optionally, the embodiment of the present application proposes a frame/time slot frequency domain format indication method, which can realize flexible uplink and downlink transmission in the frequency domain within a certain period of time.
在本申请实施例中,通过网络侧设备指示终端在一个频域资源单元中确定一个或多个子带的目标传输方向,且其中包括可以灵活用于上行传输或下行传输的灵活子带,满足不同业务量要求的系统配置,有益于改进系统频谱利用率并降低时延。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal is instructed by the network side device to determine the target transmission direction of one or more subbands in a frequency domain resource unit, and includes flexible subbands that can be flexibly used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission, satisfying different requirements. The system configuration required by the traffic is beneficial to improve the system spectrum utilization and reduce the delay.
可选地,所述终端基于所述频域格式指示信息,确定一个频域资源单元中至少一个子带分别对应的目标传输方向,包括:Optionally, the terminal determines, based on the frequency domain format indication information, a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency domain resource unit, including:
终端基于网络侧设备发送的第一指示信息,确定所述至少一个子带 中每一个子带的大小以及所述至少一个子带的数量。The terminal determines the size of each subband in the at least one subband and the number of the at least one subband based on the first indication information sent by the network side device.
可选地,网络侧设备可以为终端配置子带信息即第一指示信息,该子带信息可以把一个载波或BWP划分成多个子带。Optionally, the network side device may configure subband information, that is, first indication information, for the terminal, and the subband information may divide one carrier or BWP into multiple subbands.
可选地,终端可以接收第一指示信息,然后基于子带信息即第一指示信息,将一个载波或BWP划分成多个子带。Optionally, the terminal may receive the first indication information, and then divide one carrier or BWP into multiple subbands based on the subband information, that is, the first indication information.
可选地,网络侧设备可以向终端发送第一指示信息,可以通过第一指示信息指示终端把一个频域单元分为多个子带时,每一个子带的大小以及所述至少一个子带的数量。Optionally, the network side device can send first indication information to the terminal, and can use the first indication information to instruct the terminal when dividing a frequency domain unit into multiple subbands, the size of each subband and the size of the at least one subband. quantity.
可选地,终端可以接收第一指示信息,基于第一指示信息,确定每一个子带的大小以及所述至少一个子带的数量,然后将一个频域单元分为多个子带。Optionally, the terminal may receive the first indication information, determine the size of each subband and the number of the at least one subband based on the first indication information, and then divide one frequency domain unit into multiple subbands.
可选地,网络侧设备可以首先配置子带大小。Optionally, the network side device may configure the subband size first.
可选地,网络侧设备可以根据不同的SCS配置一个参考子载波间隔的参考子带大小,其他子带根据相应的BWP或载波的子载波间隔及参考子载波间隔及参考子带大小计算得到。Optionally, the network side device can configure a reference subband size of a reference subcarrier spacing according to different SCSs, and other subbands are calculated according to the subcarrier spacing, reference subcarrier spacing and reference subband size of the corresponding BWP or carrier.
对于一个BWP,子带大小可以由网络侧设备配置,例如可以等于RBG的大小,并由BWP的带宽确定。For a BWP, the subband size may be configured by the network side device, for example, may be equal to the size of the RBG, and is determined by the bandwidth of the BWP.
可选地,终端可以基于网络侧设备发送的第一指示信息,确定把一个频域单元分为多个子带时,每一个子带的大小以及所述至少一个子带的数量。Optionally, the terminal may determine, based on the first indication information sent by the network side device, the size of each subband and the number of the at least one subband when a frequency domain unit is divided into multiple subbands.
例如,表2是子带大小配置表,可以指示子带大小与RBG大小相同,由BWP带宽确定;如果一个BWP大小为128个RB,如果配置使用Configuration 2,一个子带大小为16个RB。For example, Table 2 is a subband size configuration table, which can indicate that the subband size is the same as the RBG size, which is determined by the BWP bandwidth; if a BWP size is 128 RBs, and if Configuration 2 is used, a subband size is 16 RBs.
表2子带大小配置表Table 2 Subband size configuration table
带宽部分大小Bandwidth Part Size 配置1Configuration 1 配置2 Configuration 2
1–361–36 22 44
37–7237–72 44 88
73–14473–144 88 1616
145–275145–275 1616 1616
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息包括:与所述至少一个子带相对应的至少一个第二指示信息;Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information includes: at least one second indication information corresponding to the at least one subband;
其中,所述至少一个子带的目标传输方向由所述第二指示信息基于所述至少一个子带的子带频率由低至高或由高至低指示。Wherein, the target transmission direction of the at least one subband is indicated by the second indication information from low to high or from high to low based on the subband frequency of the at least one subband.
图4是本申请实施例提供的资源确定方法的示意图之一,如图4所示,至少一个子带的目标传输方向由所述第二指示信息基于所述至少一个子带的子带频率由低至高或由高至低指示;即FFI可以从子带低频率到高频率方向指示,或相反,可由网络侧设备配置。FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a resource determination method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 4 , the target transmission direction of at least one subband is determined by the second indication information based on the subband frequency of the at least one subband by Low-to-high or high-to-low indication; that is, FFI can be indicated in the direction from subband low frequency to high frequency, or on the contrary, it can be configured by the network side device.
例如,FFI为“DDFFFUUD”,则从子带低频率到高频率方向,第一个子带为DL下行方向,第二个子带为DL下行方向,第三个子带为灵活方 向,第四个子带为灵活方向,第五个子带为灵活方向,第六个子带为UL上行方向,第七个子带为UL上行方向,第八个子带为DL下行传输。For example, if the FFI is "DDFFFUUD", from the subband low frequency to the high frequency direction, the first subband is the DL downstream direction, the second subband is the DL downstream direction, the third subband is the flexible direction, and the fourth subband is the DL downstream direction. For the flexible direction, the fifth subband is the flexible direction, the sixth subband is the UL uplink direction, the seventh subband is the UL uplink direction, and the eighth subband is the DL downlink transmission.
可选地,图5是本申请实施例提供的资源确定方法的示意图之二,如图5所示,网络侧设备可以通过频域格式指示信息对每载波或每BWP配置至少一个灵活子带,当再次通过频域格式指示信息FFI指示时可以只允许对灵活子带进行更改。其他的子带不允许更改。可以减少复杂度及指示的信令开销。Optionally, FIG. 5 is the second schematic diagram of the resource determination method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 5 , the network side device may configure at least one flexible subband for each carrier or each BWP through frequency domain format indication information, When indicated by the frequency domain format indication information FFI again, only the flexible subband may be allowed to be changed. Other subbands are not allowed to be changed. The complexity and signaling overhead of the indication can be reduced.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息的大小基于所述至少一个子带的数量确定。Optionally, the size of the frequency domain format indication information is determined based on the number of the at least one subband.
可选地,在至少一个子带的目标传输方向由所述第二指示信息基于所述至少一个子带的子带频率由低至高或由高至低指示的情况下,频域格式指示信息的大小基于所述至少一个子带的数量确定。Optionally, when the target transmission direction of at least one subband is indicated by the second indication information from low to high or from high to low based on the subband frequency of the at least one subband, the frequency domain format indication information The size is determined based on the number of the at least one subband.
例如,如果子带大小与RBG大小相同,由BWP带宽确定。一个BWP大小为128个RB,如果配置一个子带为16个RB。那么一共有8个子带需要通过FFI指示传输方向,可以使用位图(bitmap)指示方法。如果有D,U,F三个状态,那么每个子带需要2bits,共需要16bit表示8个子带的传输方向。For example, if the subband size is the same as the RBG size, it is determined by the BWP bandwidth. The size of a BWP is 128 RBs, and if a subband is configured, it is 16 RBs. Then a total of 8 subbands need to indicate the transmission direction through the FFI, and the bitmap (bitmap) indication method can be used. If there are three states of D, U, and F, then each sub-band needs 2 bits, and a total of 16 bits are needed to indicate the transmission direction of 8 sub-bands.
可选地,网络可以半静态指示一些子带的传输方向为UL或DL。对于剩余灵活子带通过FFI指示。所述频域格式指示信息包括:参考的传输方向指示信息,以及所述灵活子带的数量和位置。Optionally, the network may semi-statically indicate that the transmission direction of some subbands is UL or DL. The remaining flexible subbands are indicated by FFI. The frequency domain format indication information includes: reference transmission direction indication information, and the number and position of the flexible subbands.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息包括:参考的传输方向指示信息,以及所述灵活子带的数量和位置。Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information includes: reference transmission direction indication information, and the number and position of the flexible subbands.
可选地,为了减少信令开销,对一个BWP,网络侧设备可以半静态配置或通过SFI指示一个时刻或一些时刻的频域参考的传输方向,及灵活子带数量M和灵活子带的位置。Optionally, in order to reduce signaling overhead, for a BWP, the network-side device can semi-statically configure or indicate the transmission direction of the frequency domain reference at one moment or some moments through SFI, as well as the number M of flexible subbands and the position of flexible subbands. .
可选地,网络侧设备可以指示参考方向为下行方向DL或上行方向UL;Optionally, the network side device may indicate that the reference direction is the downlink direction DL or the uplink direction UL;
可选地,对于一个BWP参考的传输方向为DL或UL,网络侧设备可以配置有K个子带为灵活子带;则其中除了这K个灵活子带以外的子带的传输方向均为下行方向DL或上行方向UL。Optionally, for the transmission direction of a BWP reference is DL or UL, the network side device may be configured with K subbands as flexible subbands; then the transmission directions of the subbands other than the K flexible subbands are all downlink directions. DL or UL in the upstream direction.
可选地,所述终端基于所述频域格式指示信息,确定一个频域资源单元中至少一个子带分别对应的目标传输方向,包括:Optionally, the terminal determines, based on the frequency domain format indication information, a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency domain resource unit, including:
终端基于所述参考方向指示信息,确定所述至少一个子带中的灵活子带,和所述至少一个子带中非灵活子带的目标传输方向,其中,所述非灵活子带为所述至少一个子带中不为灵活子带的子带。The terminal determines, based on the reference direction indication information, a flexible subband in the at least one subband and a target transmission direction of a non-flexible subband in the at least one subband, where the non-flexible subband is the A subband of at least one subband that is not a flexible subband.
可选地,网络侧设备可以指示参考方向为下行方向DL或上行方向UL,则可以确定除了灵活子带以外的子带的传输方向均为下行方向DL或上行方向UL;Optionally, the network side device may indicate that the reference direction is the downlink direction DL or the uplink direction UL, then it can be determined that the transmission directions of the subbands other than the flexible subband are the downlink direction DL or the uplink direction UL;
可选地,网络侧设备后续可以仅改变灵活子带的方向,例如一个FFI 指示灵活子带N改为上行或下行方向,对于未指示的子带(M-N)根据参考传输方向确定。Optionally, the network side device may only change the direction of the flexible subband subsequently, for example, an FFI indicates that the flexible subband N is changed to the uplink or downlink direction, and the unindicated subband (M-N) is determined according to the reference transmission direction.
可选地,网络侧设备后续可以仅改变灵活子带的方向,例如一个FFI指示灵活子带N改为上行或下行方向,对于未指示的灵活子带(O-N)根据参考传输方向确定。Optionally, the network side device may only change the direction of the flexible subband subsequently, for example, an FFI indicates that the flexible subband N is changed to the uplink or downlink direction, and the unindicated flexible subband (O-N) is determined according to the reference transmission direction.
例如,若终端再次收到频域格式指示信息,此时BWP参考的传输方向为DL,网络侧设备配置有L个子带为灵活子带,频域格式指示信息FFI可以指示L个灵活子带中用作UL子带的数量和位置,对于未指示的剩余灵活子带可以为参考传输方向,即DL;For example, if the terminal receives the frequency domain format indication information again, the transmission direction referenced by the BWP is DL, the network side device is configured with L subbands as flexible subbands, and the frequency domain format indication information FFI can indicate that the L flexible subbands are among the L flexible subbands. Used as the number and position of UL subbands, for the remaining flexible subbands that are not indicated, it can be the reference transmission direction, ie DL;
可选地,网络侧也可以配置,灵活子带中除了L个子带,其他子带仍保持为灵活方向不变。Optionally, it can also be configured on the network side, in the flexible subbands, except for the L subbands, the other subbands still keep the flexible direction unchanged.
可选地,网络侧设备可以指示FFI可以通过高层信令半静态指示或媒体介入控制层控制信息(Media Access Control Control Element,MAC CE)指示或由DCI动态指示。Optionally, the network side device can indicate that the FFI can be indicated by a high-layer signaling semi-static indication or a media access control layer control information (Media Access Control Control Element, MAC CE) indication or dynamically indicated by the DCI.
可选地,网络侧设备可以首先配置子带大小。Optionally, the network side device may configure the subband size first.
可选地,网络侧设备可以根据不同的SCS配置一个参考子载波间隔的参考子带大小,其他子带根据相应的BWP或载波的子载波间隔及参考子载波间隔及参考子带大小计算得到。Optionally, the network side device can configure a reference subband size of a reference subcarrier spacing according to different SCSs, and other subbands are calculated according to the subcarrier spacing, reference subcarrier spacing and reference subband size of the corresponding BWP or carrier.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息的大小基于所述灵活子带的数量确定,其他子带的传输方向由网络侧半静态指示。Optionally, the size of the frequency domain format indication information is determined based on the number of the flexible subbands, and the transmission directions of other subbands are semi-statically indicated by the network side.
例如网络侧设备使用以子带为单位使用连续资源指示方法指示D,U,F的频域格式。在所述频域格式指示信息包括:参考方向指示信息,所述灵活子带的数量和位置的情况下,分别需要
Figure PCTCN2022085473-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2022085473-appb-000003
bit指示D,U,F的频域资源。
For example, the network side device uses the continuous resource indication method to indicate the frequency domain format of D, U, and F in the unit of subband. In the case that the frequency domain format indication information includes: reference direction indication information, the number and position of the flexible subbands, respectively
Figure PCTCN2022085473-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2022085473-appb-000003
bit indicates the frequency domain resources of D, U, F.
可选地,如果高层配置FFI仅能够指示flexbile资源改变传输方向,那么可以节约信令开销。Optionally, if the high layer configuration FFI can only instruct the flexbile resource to change the transmission direction, signaling overhead can be saved.
图6是本申请实施例提供的资源确定方法的示意图之三,如图6所示,参考方向为DL,FFI指示flexbile资源改变为UL传输方向,指示为UL子带的
Figure PCTCN2022085473-appb-000004
剩余的F子带为DL方向。如果采用bitmap的形式指示5个灵活子带的传输方向,那么则需要5bit。
FIG. 6 is the third schematic diagram of the resource determination method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 6 , the reference direction is DL, the FFI indicates that the flexbile resource is changed to the UL transmission direction, and the indication is the UL subband.
Figure PCTCN2022085473-appb-000004
The remaining F subbands are in the DL direction. If the transmission direction of the 5 flexible subbands is indicated in the form of a bitmap, then 5 bits are required.
可选地,参考的传输方向即参考方向指示信息还可以通过SFI指示。Optionally, the reference transmission direction, that is, the reference direction indication information, may also be indicated by the SFI.
可选地,参考的传输方向即参考方向指示信息还可以网络配置。Optionally, the reference transmission direction, that is, the reference direction indication information may also be configured on the network.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息包括:第一索引;所述第一索引用于指示第一频域格式表中的第一目标格式组;其中,第一频域格式表中每一个第一目标格式组包括每一个子带和所述每一个子带对应的目标传输方向;Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information includes: a first index; the first index is used to indicate a first target format group in the first frequency domain format table; wherein, each of the first frequency domain format table The first target format group includes each subband and a target transmission direction corresponding to each subband;
所述第一频域格式表是预配置或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示的。The first frequency domain format table is pre-configured or predefined by a protocol or pre-indicated by a network side device.
可选地,系统可以预先配置或协议可以预定义或网络侧设备可以预先指示一个用于FFI指示的索引表,即第一频域格式表,包括至少一个第一索引和每一个第一索引对应的第一目标格式组,其中,每一个第一目标格式组都可以指示一个载波或一个BWP中所有子带对应的目标传输方向。Optionally, the system may be pre-configured or the protocol may be pre-defined, or the network-side device may pre-indicate an index table for FFI indication, that is, the first frequency domain format table, including at least one first index corresponding to each first index. The first target format group, wherein each first target format group may indicate a carrier or a target transmission direction corresponding to all subbands in a BWP.
可选地,在终端已知第一频域格式表的情况下,网络侧设备可以向终端发送第一索引,网络侧设备通过指示第一索引,即可指示目标载波或BWP所有子带的传输方向。Optionally, when the terminal knows the first frequency domain format table, the network side device can send the first index to the terminal, and the network side device can indicate the transmission of all subbands of the target carrier or BWP by indicating the first index. direction.
可选地,在终端已知第一频域格式表的情况下,终端可以接收网络侧设备发送的第一索引,并通过第一索引,在第一频域格式表中确定第一索引对应的第一目标格式组,进而确定第一目标格式组对应的指示内容,即目标载波或BWP所有子带的传输方向。Optionally, in the case where the terminal knows the first frequency domain format table, the terminal may receive the first index sent by the network side device, and use the first index to determine the corresponding first index in the first frequency domain format table. The first target format group, and further determine the indication content corresponding to the first target format group, that is, the transmission direction of the target carrier or all subbands of the BWP.
可选地,对于一个载波或BWP的所有子带n,网络可以配置一个n列的表。以8个子带为例,表3可以是第一频域格式表,通过指示一个索引即可指示所有子带的传输方向。Optionally, the network may configure an n-column table for all subbands n of a carrier or BWP. Taking 8 subbands as an example, Table 3 may be the first frequency domain format table, and the transmission directions of all subbands can be indicated by indicating an index.
表3第一频域格式表Table 3 First frequency domain format table
Figure PCTCN2022085473-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2022085473-appb-000005
需要说明的是,表3仅作为第一频域格式表的示例,不作为对第一频域格式表的限制。It should be noted that, Table 3 is only used as an example of the first frequency domain format table, and not as a limitation on the first frequency domain format table.
可选地,第一子带至第七子带可以是一个BWP或一个载波中所有子带从子带低频率到高频率方向排序确定或从子带高频率到低频率方向排序确定。Optionally, the first subband to the seventh subband may be determined by ordering all subbands in one BWP or one carrier from the low frequency to the high frequency of the subband or from the high frequency to the low frequency of the subband.
比如,频域格式指示信息包括的第一索引为3,即指示第一子带至第七子带为“DFFUUUUU”,则终端可以确定,则从子带低频率到高频率方向,第一个子带为DL下行方向,第二个子带为灵活方向,第三个子带为灵活方向,第四个子带为UL上行方向,第五个子带为UL上行方向,第六个子带为UL上行方向,第七个子带为UL上行方向。For example, if the first index included in the frequency domain format indication information is 3, that is, the first subband to the seventh subband is indicated as "DFFUUUUU", the terminal can determine that, from the low frequency of the subband to the high frequency direction, the first The subband is the DL downstream direction, the second subband is the flexible direction, the third subband is the flexible direction, the fourth subband is the UL upstream direction, the fifth subband is the UL upstream direction, and the sixth subband is the UL upstream direction, The seventh subband is the UL uplink direction.
可选地,所述终端接收网络侧设备发送的频域格式指示信息包括:Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information received by the terminal from the network side device includes:
所述终端接收网络侧设备发送的至少一个频域格式指示信息;The terminal receives at least one frequency domain format indication information sent by the network side device;
其中,一个频域格式指示信息对应指示一个频域资源单元,且不同的所述频域格式指示信息对应指示不同的频域资源单元。One frequency domain format indication information corresponds to one frequency domain resource unit, and different frequency domain format indication information corresponds to different frequency domain resource units.
可选地,一个频域资源单元可以至少是一个载波或至少是一个BWP。Optionally, one frequency domain resource unit may be at least one carrier or at least one BWP.
可选地,可以在DCI里可以为每一个载波或每一个BWP配置一个FFI的位置,即指示每一个载波或每一个BWP中所有子带的目标传输方向。Optionally, a position of an FFI may be configured for each carrier or each BWP in the DCI, that is, indicating the target transmission direction of all subbands in each carrier or each BWP.
可选地,图7是本申请实施例提供的资源确定方法的示意图之四,如图7所示,承载FFI的DCI可以包含多个载波的FFI。Optionally, FIG. 7 is a fourth schematic diagram of a resource determination method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 7 , the DCI bearing the FFI may include FFIs of multiple carriers.
可选地,一个频域格式指示信息对应指示一个载波的情况下,一个载波中的所有BWP都可以使用相同的FFI;比如载波1中的第一BWP中有7个子带,第二BWP中有7个子带;FFI指示第一BWP中的7个子带的目标传输方向是“UUFFUDD”,第二BWP中的7个子带的目标传输方向也是“UUFFUDD”。Optionally, when one frequency domain format indication information corresponds to one carrier, all BWPs in one carrier can use the same FFI; for example, there are 7 subbands in the first BWP in carrier 1, and there are 7 subbands in the second BWP. 7 subbands; the FFI indicates that the target transmission direction of the 7 subbands in the first BWP is "UUFFUDD", and the target transmission direction of the 7 subbands in the second BWP is also "UUFFUDD".
可选地,图8是本申请实施例提供的资源确定方法的示意图之五,如图8所示,承载FFI的DCI可以包含多个BWP的FFI;比如BWP1中有8个子带,BWP2中有8个子带,BWP3中有8个子带,…,BWP n中有8个子带;FFI1指示“UUFFUDDU”,FFI2指示“UDFFUDUU”,FFI3指示“UFFFFDUU”,…,FFI n指示“UFDFFDUU”;终端可以基于指示BWP1的FFI1确定8个子带的目标传输方向分别是“UUFFUDDU”;终端可以基于指示BWP2的FFI2确定8个子带的目标传输方向分别是“UFFFFDUU”;终端可以基于指示BWP3的FFI3确定8个子带的目标传输方向分别是“UFFFFDUU”;…;终端可以基于指示BWP n的FFI n确定8个子带的目标传输方向分别是“UFDFFDUU”。Optionally, FIG. 8 is a fifth schematic diagram of a resource determination method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 8 , the DCI carrying the FFI may include FFIs of multiple BWPs; for example, there are 8 subbands in BWP1, and there are 8 subbands in BWP2. 8 subbands, 8 subbands in BWP3, ..., 8 subbands in BWP n; FFI1 indicates "UUFFUDDU", FFI2 indicates "UDFFUDUU", FFI3 indicates "UFFFFDUU", ..., FFI n indicates "UFDFFDUU"; the terminal can Based on the FFI1 indicating BWP1, it is determined that the target transmission directions of the 8 subbands are "UUFFUDDU" respectively; the terminal may determine, based on the FFI2 indicating BWP2, that the target transmission directions of the 8 subbands are "UFFFFDUU" respectively; the terminal may determine the 8 subbands based on the FFI3 indicating BWP3. The target transmission directions of the bands are respectively "UFFFFDUU"; ...; the terminal may determine, based on the FFI n indicating BWP n, that the target transmission directions of the 8 subbands are respectively "UFFFFDUU".
可选地,一个所述频域格式指示信息对应指示一个终端组,所述终端组包括所述终端。Optionally, one of the frequency domain format indication information corresponds to one terminal group, and the terminal group includes the terminal.
可选地,在网络侧设备同时指示多个频域格式指示信息的情况下,每一个频域格式指示信息可以对应一个终端组,不同的终端(组)可以采用相同或不同的频域格式指示信息所指示的频域格式。Optionally, when the network side device indicates multiple frequency domain format indication information at the same time, each frequency domain format indication information may correspond to a terminal group, and different terminals (groups) may use the same or different frequency domain format indication information. The frequency domain format indicated by the information.
可选地,在DCI里可以为每一个终端组配置一个FFI的位置。比如,对于一个UE,网络配置其BWP1和BWP2的FFI在DCI的位置为FFI1和FFI2。Optionally, an FFI location can be configured for each terminal group in the DCI. For example, for a UE, the network configures the positions of the FFIs of its BWP1 and BWP2 in the DCI as FFI1 and FFI2.
例如,同样可以参考图7,当UE被配置使用BWP1时,UE使用FFI1,即可以确定8个子带的目标传输方向分别是“UUFFUDDU”,当UE使用BWP2时,UE使用FFI2。For example, referring to FIG. 7 , when the UE is configured to use BWP1, the UE uses FFI1, that is, it can be determined that the target transmission directions of the 8 subbands are "UUFFUDDU" respectively. When the UE uses BWP2, the UE uses FFI2.
图9是本申请实施例提供的资源确定方法的示意图之六,如图9所 示,网络侧设备还可以对一个终端组联合指示每一个bwp、每一个载波的FFI。Figure 9 is the sixth schematic diagram of the resource determination method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 9, the network side device may also jointly indicate the FFI of each bwp and each carrier to a terminal group.
例如,UE被配置为2个载波的载波聚合,对于载波1,UE被配置3个BWP,分别为BWP1,BWP2,BWP3。对于载波2,UE被配置3个BWP,分别为BWP1,BWP2,BWP3。当UE被配置为载波1的BWP1以及载波2的BWP3时,UE将根据FFI1和FFI6确定频域格式。For example, the UE is configured for carrier aggregation of 2 carriers, and for carrier 1, the UE is configured with 3 BWPs, namely BWP1, BWP2, and BWP3. For carrier 2, the UE is configured with 3 BWPs, namely BWP1, BWP2, and BWP3. When the UE is configured as BWP1 of carrier 1 and BWP3 of carrier 2, the UE will determine the frequency domain format according to FFI1 and FFI6.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息包括第三索引组;Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information includes a third index group;
所述第三索引组用于指示第三频域格式表中的至少一个第三目标格式组,其中每一个第三目标格式组分别对应指示一个子带;The third index group is used to indicate at least one third target format group in the third frequency-domain format table, wherein each third target format group respectively indicates a subband;
其中,一个第三目标格式组用于指示一个时域资源单元中至少一个符号、子时隙或时隙分别对应的目标传输方向;Wherein, a third target format group is used to indicate the target transmission direction respectively corresponding to at least one symbol, sub-slot or time slot in a time-domain resource unit;
所述第三频域格式表是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示的。The third frequency domain format table is pre-configured or pre-defined by a protocol or pre-indicated by a network side device.
可选地,系统可以预先配置或协议可以预定义或网络侧设备可以预先指示一个用于FFI指示的索引表,即第三频域格式表,包括至少一个第三索引eSFI index n和每一个第三索引对应的第三目标格式组,其中,每一个第三目标格式组都可以对应指示一个子带对应的时域单元中各个子时隙对应的目标传输方向。Optionally, the system can be pre-configured or the protocol can be pre-defined or the network side device can pre-indicate an index table for FFI indication, that is, the third frequency domain format table, including at least one third index eSFI index n and each The third target format group corresponding to the three indices, wherein each third target format group may correspondingly indicate the target transmission direction corresponding to each sub-slot in the time-domain unit corresponding to one sub-band.
可选地,在终端已知第三频域格式表的情况下,网络侧设备可以向终端发送第三索引组,网络侧设备通过指示第三索引组,即可指示目标载波或BWP所有子带对应的各个时域单元中各个子时隙对应的目标传输方向。Optionally, when the terminal knows the third frequency domain format table, the network side device can send the third index group to the terminal, and the network side device can indicate the target carrier or all subbands of the BWP by indicating the third index group. The target transmission direction corresponding to each sub-slot in each corresponding time-domain unit.
可选地,在终端已知第三频域格式表的情况下,终端可以接收网络侧设备发送的第三索引,并通过第三索引,在第三频域格式表中确定第三索引对应的第三目标格式组,进而确定第三目标格式组对应的指示内容,即目标载波或BWP所有子带对应的时域单元中各个子时隙对应的目标传输方向。Optionally, in the case where the terminal knows the third frequency domain format table, the terminal may receive the third index sent by the network side device, and use the third index to determine the corresponding third index in the third frequency domain format table. The third target format group, and further determine the indication content corresponding to the third target format group, that is, the target transmission direction corresponding to each sub-slot in the time-domain unit corresponding to all sub-bands of the target carrier or BWP.
可选地,图10是本申请实施提供的资源确定方法的示意图之七,如图10所示,例如,一个BWP中包括6个子带,即子带1至子带6,一个时域单元包括6个子时隙;即网络侧设备可以通过FFIA指示子带1至子带6分别对应第三索引组eSFI1,eSFI2,…,eSFI6,其中,eSFI1可以指示第一子带的各个时域单元的目标传输方向为“DDDDDD”,eSFI2可以指示第二子带的各个时域单元的目标传输方向为“DFUUUU”,…,eSFI6指示第六子带的各个时域单元的目标传输方向为“DUFDDD”。Optionally, FIG. 10 is the seventh schematic diagram of the resource determination method provided by the implementation of the present application. As shown in FIG. 10 , for example, a BWP includes 6 subbands, that is, subband 1 to subband 6, and a time domain unit includes 6 sub-slots; that is, the network-side device can indicate through FFIA that sub-band 1 to sub-band 6 correspond to the third index group eSFI1, eSFI2, . The transmission direction is "DDDDDD", eSFI2 may indicate that the target transmission direction of each time domain unit of the second subband is "DFUUUU", ..., eSFI6 indicates that the target transmission direction of each time domain unit of the sixth subband is "DUFDDD".
可选地,一个BWP或一个载波中不同的子带对应的第三目标格式组可以相同或不同;Optionally, the third target format groups corresponding to different subbands in one BWP or one carrier may be the same or different;
例如,图11是本申请实施提供的资源确定方法的示意图之八,如图11所示,例如,一个BWP中包括8个子带,即基于频率从大到小排序 为子带1至子带8,一个时域单元包括6个时隙;即网络侧设备可以通过FFI指示子带1至子带8分别对应第三索引组eSFI index1,eSFI index1,eSFI index2,eSFI index2,eSFI index3,eSFI index3,eSFI index1,eSFI index1,其中,eSFI index1指示“DDDDDD”,eSFI index2指示“DFUUUU”,eSFI index3指示“DFFUUU”。For example, FIG. 11 is the eighth schematic diagram of the resource determination method provided by the implementation of this application. As shown in FIG. 11 , for example, a BWP includes 8 subbands, that is, the subband 1 to the subband 8 are sorted in descending order based on the frequency , a time domain unit includes 6 time slots; that is, the network side device can indicate through the FFI that subband 1 to subband 8 correspond to the third index group eSFI index1, eSFI index1, eSFI index2, eSFI index2, eSFI index3, eSFI index3, eSFI index1, eSFI index1, where eSFI index1 indicates "DDDDDD", eSFI index2 indicates "DFUUUU", and eSFI index3 indicates "DFFUUU".
本申请实施例中,网络侧设备可以同时指示FFI和作用时间的方式,即eSFI(enhanced slot format indication)。In the embodiment of the present application, the network side device may indicate the FFI and the action time at the same time, that is, eSFI (enhanced slot format indication).
对于载波和/或BWP,网络侧设备可以每一个子带配置/指示eSFI(enhanced slot format indication)。eSFI可以采用第三频域格式表,第三频域格式表可以采用类似表1的指示方式。For the carrier and/or BWP, the network side device may configure/indicate eSFI (enhanced slot format indication) per subband. The eSFI may adopt a third frequency domain format table, and the third frequency domain format table may adopt an indication manner similar to Table 1.
例如网络侧设备可以配置或指示子带数,每一个子带配置或指示一个eSFI的索引值(第三索引),通过eSFI达到同时指示FFI和作用时间的目的。For example, the network side device may configure or indicate the number of subbands, each subband configures or indicates an index value (third index) of the eSFI, and the purpose of simultaneously indicating the FFI and the action time is achieved through the eSFI.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息包括第四索引;Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information includes a fourth index;
所述第四索引用于指示第五频域格式表中的第四目标格式组,其中第四目标格式组包括至少一个第五目标格式组;The fourth index is used to indicate a fourth target format group in the fifth frequency domain format table, wherein the fourth target format group includes at least one fifth target format group;
其中,每一个第五目标格式组分别对应指示一个子带;Wherein, each fifth target format group indicates a subband correspondingly;
一个第五目标格式组用于指示一个时域资源单元中至少一个符号、子时隙或时隙分别对应的目标传输方向;A fifth target format group is used to indicate the target transmission direction respectively corresponding to at least one symbol, sub-slot or time slot in a time-domain resource unit;
所述第五频域格式表是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示的。The fifth frequency domain format table is pre-configured or pre-defined by a protocol or pre-indicated by a network side device.
可选地,对于eSFI的信令指示可以通过网络侧设备配置一个终端在DCI中监测一个或多个eSFI实现。Optionally, the signaling indication for the eSFI can be implemented by configuring a terminal on the network side to monitor one or more eSFIs in the DCI.
例如,图12是本申请实施提供的资源确定方法的示意图之九,如图12所示,网络侧设备可以为后向UE1配置承载eSFI的DCI中的eSFI 5的位置,UE1可以将根据eSFI 5的SFI-index确定slot的格式。For example, FIG. 12 is the ninth schematic diagram of the resource determination method provided by the implementation of the present application. As shown in FIG. 12 , the network side device can configure the position of eSFI 5 in the DCI carrying eSFI for the backward UE1, and UE1 can configure the position of eSFI 5 according to the eSFI 5 The SFI-index determines the format of the slot.
例如,网络侧设备可以为后向UE2配置承载eSFI的DCI中的eSFI 6的位置,UE2将根据eSFI 6的SFI-index确定slot的格式。For example, the network side device may configure the position of eSFI 6 in the DCI carrying eSFI for the backward UE2, and UE2 will determine the format of the slot according to the SFI-index of eSFI 6.
例如,网络侧设备可以为UE3配置4个子带,并且配置其监测承载eSFI的DCI中的eSFI 1-4的位置,UE3将根据eSFI 1-4的SFI-index确定每个子带的slot的格式。For example, the network side device can configure 4 subbands for UE3, and configure it to monitor the position of eSFI 1-4 in the DCI carrying eSFI, UE3 will determine the format of the slot of each subband according to the SFI-index of eSFI 1-4.
可选地,可以通过多个eSFI指示其FFI及为FFI的作用时间,实现为一个UE(组)对每个载波或每个BWP的每个子带同时指示FFI及其作用时间的目的。同时与后向UE能够兼容。Optionally, multiple eSFIs may be used to indicate the FFI and the action time of the FFI, so that a UE (group) can simultaneously indicate the FFI and its action time for each carrier or each subband of each BWP. At the same time, it is compatible with backward UE.
可选地,网络侧设备可以配置子带编号与eSFI的映射关系,例如网络可以为UE配置如下映射关系:Optionally, the network side device can configure the mapping relationship between the subband number and the eSFI, for example, the network can configure the following mapping relationship for the UE:
{子带1,eSFI1};{subband1, eSFI1};
{子带2,eSFI3};{subband 2, eSFI3};
{子带3,eSFI4};{subband 3, eSFI4};
{子带4,eSFI2}……{subband 4, eSFI2}  …
进一步地,网络侧设备可以配置一个子带和eSFI的索引表即第五频域格式表,如下表4,然后通过一个索引即第四索引指示。其中每个eSFI可以采用类似表1的指示方式。Further, the network side device may configure an index table of subbands and eSFI, that is, a fifth frequency domain format table, as shown in Table 4 below, and then indicate by an index, that is, a fourth index. Each of the eSFIs may adopt an indication method similar to that in Table 1.
表4第五频域格式表Table 4 Fifth frequency domain format table
Figure PCTCN2022085473-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2022085473-appb-000006
需要说明的是,表4仅作为第五频域格式表的示例,不作为对第五频域格式表的限制。It should be noted that Table 4 is only used as an example of the fifth frequency domain format table, not as a limitation on the fifth frequency domain format table.
可选地,所述基于所述频域格式指示信息,确定一个频域资源单元中至少一个子带对应的目标传输方向,包括:Optionally, the determining a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit based on the frequency-domain format indication information includes:
配置所述频域格式指示信息指示的频域格式在目标时间段生效。Configure the frequency domain format indicated by the frequency domain format indication information to take effect in the target time period.
可选地,对于每一个子带,可以配置频域格式指示信息指示的频域格式在目标时间段生效。Optionally, for each subband, the frequency domain format indicated by the frequency domain format indication information may be configured to take effect in the target time period.
比如可以通过索引指示;For example, it can be indicated by an index;
例如对于其中每个eSFI的索引,可以配置eSFI的生效时间,例如可以由高层配置每一个索引对应的作用时间,如下表5(索引生效时间表a)所示。For example, for the index of each eSFI, the effective time of the eSFI can be configured, for example, the action time corresponding to each index can be configured by the upper layer, as shown in Table 5 (index effective timetable a) below.
表5索引生效时间表aTable 5 Index Effective Timetablea
eSFI-indexeSFI-index 生效时间(时隙格式)Effective time (time slot format)
00 单个时隙Single slot Single slot
11 两个时隙Two-slotTwo-slot
22 三个时隙Three-slotThree-slot
需要说明的是,表5仅作为索引生效时间表的示例,不作为对索引生效时间表的限制。It should be noted that, Table 5 is only used as an example of the index effective timetable, not as a restriction on the index effective timetable.
例如,可以通过索引单独指示,如下表6(索引生效时间表b)所示。For example, it can be indicated by an index alone, as shown in Table 6 (Index Validation Schedule b) below.
表6索引生效时间表bTable 6 Index Effective Timetableb
Figure PCTCN2022085473-appb-000007
Figure PCTCN2022085473-appb-000007
Figure PCTCN2022085473-appb-000008
Figure PCTCN2022085473-appb-000008
需要说明的是,表6仅作为索引生效时间表的示例,不作为对索引生效时间表的限制。It should be noted that Table 6 is only used as an example of the index effective timetable, and not as a restriction on the index effective timetable.
可选地,所述目标时间段包括:Optionally, the target time period includes:
从所述终端接收所述频域格式指示信息的监控周期至所述终端接收到下一个频域格式指示信息。A monitoring period from when the terminal receives the frequency-domain format indication information to when the terminal receives the next frequency-domain format indication information.
可选地,所述目标时间段包括:Optionally, the target time period includes:
所述终端接收所述频域格式指示信息的监控周期,即The monitoring period during which the terminal receives the frequency domain format indication information, that is,
频域格式指示信息所指示的频域格式生效的目标时间段可以是从一个接收所述频域格式指示信息的时刻开始,持续到终端接收到下一个频域格式指示信息的时刻为止结束。The target time period in which the frequency domain format indicated by the frequency domain format indication information takes effect may start from a time when the frequency domain format indication information is received, and last until the terminal receives the next frequency domain format indication information.
可选地,可以按照预定义的规则或网络配置确定目标时间段。Optionally, the target time period may be determined according to a predefined rule or network configuration.
例如网络可以配置FFI作用时间为承载FFI的DCI的监测周期。For example, the network may configure the FFI action time as the monitoring period of the DCI bearing the FFI.
即如果UE在一个监测时刻接收到一个承载FFI的DCI,该FFI将生效时间持续到接收承载新的FFI的DCI为止。That is, if the UE receives a DCI bearing an FFI at a monitoring moment, the FFI will continue to take effect until the DCI bearing a new FFI is received.
可选地,所述目标时间段是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示的。Optionally, the target time period is pre-configured or predefined by a protocol or pre-indicated by a network side device.
可选地,频域格式指示信息所指示的频域格式生效的目标时间段可以是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示的。Optionally, the target time period during which the frequency domain format indicated by the frequency domain format indication information takes effect may be pre-configured or predefined by a protocol or pre-indicated by the network side device.
可选地,所述基于所述频域格式指示信息,确定一个频域资源单元中至少一个子带对应的目标传输方向,包括:Optionally, the determining a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit based on the frequency-domain format indication information includes:
基于所述频域格式指示信息指示的第一时间段,确定所述目标时间段。The target time period is determined based on the first time period indicated by the frequency domain format indication information.
可选地,可以显式指示FFI的生效时间。Optionally, the effective time of the FFI can be explicitly indicated.
可选地,网络侧设备可以额外配置FFI的作用时间。Optionally, the network side device may additionally configure the action time of the FFI.
图13是本申请实施提供的资源确定方法的示意图之十,如图13所示,例如承载FFI的DCI包含作用时间指示域,例如对一个UE(组)对至少一个载波和或至少一个BWP,配置如图13所示,UE监测FFI1其持续时间为x1,UE监测FFI2其持续时间为x2,UE监测FFI3其持续时间为x3。Fig. 13 is a tenth schematic diagram of the resource determination method provided by the implementation of the present application. As shown in Fig. 13 , for example, the DCI bearing the FFI includes an action time indication field, for example, for one UE (group), for at least one carrier and or at least one BWP, The configuration is shown in Figure 13, the UE monitors FFI1 for a duration of x1, the UE monitors FFI2 for a duration of x2, and the UE monitors FFI3 for a duration of x3.
图14是本申请实施提供的资源确定方法的示意图之十一,如图14 所示,网络侧设备可以配置FFI作用时间的时域粒度及时域pattern。FIG. 14 is an eleventh schematic diagram of a resource determination method provided by the implementation of the present application. As shown in FIG. 14 , the network side device can configure the time domain granularity and time domain pattern of the FFI action time.
例如时域粒度为slot,时域pattern为1010100101,其中1表示FFI作用的slot,0表示不应用FFI的slot。For example, the time-domain granularity is slot, and the time-domain pattern is 1010100101, where 1 represents the slot where FFI is used, and 0 represents the slot where FFI is not applied.
如果高层配置时域粒度,DCI指示FFI和时域pattern,那么DCI可以如图14指示。If the high layer configures the time domain granularity, and the DCI indicates the FFI and the time domain pattern, then the DCI can be indicated in Figure 14.
图15是本申请实施提供的资源确定方法的示意图之十二,如图15所示,可以通过下列顺序的组合在DCI中进行指示信令的排列。组合1:先载波内的频域指示,再时域指示,最后载波间的频域指示;Fig. 15 is the twelfth schematic diagram of the resource determination method provided by the implementation of the present application. As shown in Fig. 15 , the indication signaling can be arranged in the DCI through a combination of the following sequences. Combination 1: first the frequency domain indication within the carrier, then the time domain indication, and finally the frequency domain indication between the carriers;
组合2:先时域指示,再载波内的频域指示,最后载波间的频域指示;Combination 2: first time domain indication, then frequency domain indication within the carrier, and finally frequency domain indication between carriers;
组合3:先载波内的频域指示,再载波间的频域指示,最后时域指示。Combination 3: First the frequency domain indication within the carrier, then the frequency domain indication between the carriers, and finally the time domain indication.
图15为组合1的指示形式。Figure 15 is an indication form of combination 1.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息包括第二索引;所述第二索引用于指示第二频域格式表中的第二目标格式组;Optionally, the frequency-domain format indication information includes a second index; the second index is used to indicate a second target format group in the second frequency-domain format table;
其中,第二频域格式表中每一个第二目标格式组包括每一个子带和所述每一个子带对应的目标传输方向和所述第二目标格式组的所述目标时间段;Wherein, each second target format group in the second frequency domain format table includes each subband and the target transmission direction corresponding to each subband and the target time period of the second target format group;
所述第二频域格式表是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示的。The second frequency domain format table is pre-configured or pre-defined by a protocol or pre-indicated by a network side device.
可选地,FFI与其生效时间可以联合配置为一个表(第二频域格式表);Optionally, the FFI and its effective time can be jointly configured as a table (the second frequency domain format table);
可选地,网络可以预先配置或协议可以预定义或网络侧设备可以预先指示一个用于FFI指示的索引表,即第二频域格式表,包括第二索引和第二索引对应的第二目标格式组,其中,一个第二目标格式组都可以对应指示一个频域单元中所有子带对应的目标传输方向,和每一个目标传输方向生效的子时隙。Optionally, the network may be pre-configured or the protocol may be pre-defined, or the network-side device may pre-indicate an index table for FFI indication, that is, the second frequency domain format table, including the second index and the second target corresponding to the second index. A format group, wherein a second target format group can correspond to indicate the target transmission directions corresponding to all subbands in a frequency domain unit, and the sub-slots in which each target transmission direction is valid.
可选地,在终端已知第二频域格式表的情况下,网络侧设备可以向终端发送第二索引,网络侧设备通过指示第二索引组,即可指示一个频域单元中所有子带对应的目标传输方向,和每一个目标传输方向生效的子时隙。Optionally, when the terminal knows the second frequency domain format table, the network side device can send the second index to the terminal, and the network side device can indicate all subbands in a frequency domain unit by indicating the second index group. Corresponding target transmission directions, and subslots in which each target transmission direction is valid.
可选地,在终端已知第二频域格式表的情况下,终端可以接收网络侧设备发送的第二索引,并通过第二索引,在第二频域格式表中确定第二索引对应的第二目标格式组,进而确定第二目标格式组对应的指示内容,即一个频域单元中所有子带对应的目标传输方向,和每一个目标传输方向生效的子时隙。Optionally, in the case where the terminal knows the second frequency domain format table, the terminal may receive the second index sent by the network side device, and use the second index to determine in the second frequency domain format table the corresponding value of the second index. The second target format group, and further determine the indication content corresponding to the second target format group, that is, target transmission directions corresponding to all subbands in a frequency domain unit, and subslots in which each target transmission direction is valid.
网络侧设备可以指示一个索引(第二索引)同时指示FFI及其作用时间。The network side device may indicate an index (the second index) and at the same time indicate the FFI and its action time.
如下表7(第二频域格式表)所示。As shown in Table 7 (the second frequency domain format table) below.
表7第二频域格式表Table 7 Second frequency domain format table
Figure PCTCN2022085473-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2022085473-appb-000009
需要说明的是,表7仅作为第二频域格式表的示例,不作为对第二频域格式表的限制。It should be noted that Table 7 is only used as an example of the second frequency domain format table, and not as a limitation on the second frequency domain format table.
可选地,所述目标时间段的起始时刻在承载所述频域格式指示信息的PDCCH的最后一个符号之后。Optionally, the start time of the target time period is after the last symbol of the PDCCH carrying the frequency domain format indication information.
可选地,如果由DCI调度PUSCH或SRS,且承载FFI的DCI可应用于PUSCH传输或SRS传输,目标时间段可以为承载FFI的PDCCH的最后一个符号之后T′ proc,2符号之后生效。 Optionally, if PUSCH or SRS is scheduled by DCI, and DCI carrying FFI can be applied to PUSCH transmission or SRS transmission, the target time period can be T'proc, 2 symbols after the last symbol of PDCCH carrying FFI.
可选地,对于PUSCH processing capability 2,T′ proc,2Optionally, for PUSCH processing capability 2, T' proc, 2 is given by
T proc,2=max((N 2+d 2,1)(2048+144)·κ2 ·T C,d 2,2)得到; T proc,2 =max((N 2 +d 2,1 )(2048+144)·κ2− μ ·T C ,d 2,2 ) is obtained;
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022085473-appb-000010
d offset由delta_Offset得到,μ为PDCCH的子载波间隔和最小的子载波配置μ UL的最小值,μ UL可以由高层参数FrequencyInfoUL或FrequencyInfoUL-SIB的scs-SpecificCarrierList参数提供。
in,
Figure PCTCN2022085473-appb-000010
d offset is obtained from delta_Offset , μ is the minimum value of the subcarrier spacing of PDCCH and the minimum subcarrier configuration μUL, and μUL can be provided by the higher layer parameter FrequencyInfoUL or the scs-SpecificCarrierList parameter of FrequencyInfoUL-SIB.
可选地,可以不在监测到承载FFI的PDCCH的Coreset的最后一个符号间隔T proc,2(假设d 2,1=0)之前取消PUSCH传输或SRS传输。 Optionally, PUSCH transmission or SRS transmission may not be cancelled before the last symbol interval T proc,2 (assuming d 2,1 =0) of the Coreset carrying PDCCH carrying FFI is monitored.
可选地,所述终端接收网络侧设备发送的频域格式指示信息,包括:Optionally, the terminal receives frequency domain format indication information sent by the network side device, including:
所述终端基于监测周期和监测偏移,监测所述频域格式指示信息;The terminal monitors the frequency domain format indication information based on the monitoring period and the monitoring offset;
其中,所述监测周期和监测偏移是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示的。Wherein, the monitoring period and monitoring offset are pre-configured or predefined by a protocol or pre-indicated by a network side device.
可选地,终端可以基于FFI的监测周期,检测FFI。Optionally, the terminal may detect the FFI based on the monitoring period of the FFI.
可选地,网络侧设备可以配置承载FFI的DCI的监测周期和监测偏移。Optionally, the network side device may configure the monitoring period and monitoring offset of the DCI bearing the FFI.
可选地,监测周期可以为[1,2,4,5,8,10,16,20,40,80,160,320,640,1280,2560]时隙或子时隙或符号;Optionally, the monitoring period can be [1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 40, 80, 160, 320, 640, 1280, 2560] timeslots or subslots or symbols;
可选地,网络侧设备可以配置在slot内监测承载FFI的DCI的监测图样pattern,终端可以基于监测pattern检测FFI。Optionally, the network side device may be configured to monitor the monitoring pattern pattern of the DCI bearing the FFI in the slot, and the terminal may detect the FFI based on the monitoring pattern.
可选地,图16是本申请实施提供的资源确定方法的示意图之十三,如图16所示,如果一个UE(组)配置了监测承载FFI(或eSFI)的DCI,如果UE监测到了该DCI,那么可以按照FFI或eSFI指示的上、下行频带进行传输。如果没监测到DCI,那么可以按照tdd-UL-DL-配置公用tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon,或者tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated or SFI或者动态调度或者高层配置的上下行进行传输。例如UE被配置1个slot为周期的CG或SPS,CG和SPS只在有效的传输方向上进行发送及接收。Optionally, FIG. 16 is the thirteenth schematic diagram of the resource determination method provided by the implementation of the present application. As shown in FIG. 16 , if a UE (group) is configured with DCI monitoring the FFI (or eSFI), if the UE monitors the DCI, then the transmission can be performed according to the uplink and downlink frequency bands indicated by FFI or eSFI. If no DCI is detected, then it can be transmitted according to tdd-UL-DL-configuration common tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon, or tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated or SFI or dynamic scheduling or upper and lower layer configuration. For example, the UE is configured with 1 slot as a periodic CG or SPS, and the CG and SPS are only sent and received in the valid transmission direction.
可选地,所述终端接收网络侧设备发送的频域格式指示信息,包括:Optionally, the terminal receives frequency domain format indication information sent by the network side device, including:
所述终端仅监测所述频域格式指示信息;the terminal only monitors the frequency domain format indication information;
所述终端不监测时域格式指示信息SFI。The terminal does not monitor the time domain format indication information SFI.
可选地,对于配置FFI的UE,网络侧设备可以配置UE只检测承载FFI的DCI,不监测承载SFI的DCI。可选地,终端可以仅监测所述频域格式指示信息,不监测时域格式指示信息SFI。Optionally, for the UE configured with FFI, the network side device may configure the UE to only detect the DCI bearing the FFI and not monitor the DCI bearing the SFI. Optionally, the terminal may only monitor the frequency domain format indication information, and not monitor the time domain format indication information SFI.
可选地,所述终端基于所述频域格式指示信息,确定一个频域资源单元中至少一个子带对应的目标传输方向,包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the terminal determines, based on the frequency-domain format indication information, a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit, including at least one of the following:
所述终端基于所述频域格式指示信息确定所述灵活子带的目标传输方向;determining, by the terminal, a target transmission direction of the flexible subband based on the frequency domain format indication information;
所述终端基于时域格式指示信息SFI确定非灵活子带的目标传输方向。The terminal determines the target transmission direction of the non-flexible subband based on the time domain format indication information SFI.
可选地,对于同时配置FFI和SFI的UE,如果网络侧设备配置一些子带为灵活子带,那么对于灵活子带的目标传输方向可以通过FFI的指示确定,对于其他非灵活子带的目标传输方向可以根据SFI的指示确定。Optionally, for a UE configured with FFI and SFI at the same time, if the network side device configures some subbands as flexible subbands, the target transmission direction for the flexible subbands can be determined by the indication of the FFI, and for other non-flexible subbands, the target transmission direction can be determined. The transmission direction can be determined according to the indication of the SFI.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further includes:
在所述确定一个频域资源单元中至少一个子带对应的目标传输方向之后,所述终端接收新的频域格式指示信息;After determining the target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in one frequency domain resource unit, the terminal receives new frequency domain format indication information;
所述终端基于所述新的频域格式指示信息,确定所述灵活子带的目标传输方向。The terminal determines the target transmission direction of the flexible subband based on the new frequency domain format indication information.
可选地,网络侧设备配置灵活子带后,后续可以仅改变灵活子带的方向,例如一个FFI指示灵活子带N改为上行或下行方向,对于未指示的灵活子带(M-N)根据参考传输方向确定。Optionally, after the network side device configures the flexible subband, it can only change the direction of the flexible subband subsequently. For example, an FFI indicates that the flexible subband N is changed to the uplink or downlink direction. The transmission direction is determined.
可选地,终端可以在确定一个频域资源单元中至少一个子带对应的目标传输方向之后,所述终端接收新的频域格式指示信息;Optionally, the terminal may receive new frequency domain format indication information after determining the target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in one frequency domain resource unit;
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further includes:
所述终端基于当前传输任务的传输方向需求,确定所述灵活子带的 目标传输方向。The terminal determines the target transmission direction of the flexible subband based on the transmission direction requirement of the current transmission task.
可选地,终端还可以基于当前传输任务的传输方向需求,确定所述灵活子带的目标传输方向。Optionally, the terminal may further determine the target transmission direction of the flexible subband based on the transmission direction requirement of the current transmission task.
比如当前传输任务是上行传输,而已有的上行传输方向的子带未达到需求,则可以将灵活子带的传输方向变为上行方向,以适应终端的传输任务。For example, the current transmission task is uplink transmission, and the existing subbands in the uplink transmission direction do not meet the requirements, and the transmission direction of the flexible subband can be changed to the uplink direction to adapt to the transmission task of the terminal.
可选地,所述确定一个频域资源单元中至少一个子带对应的目标传输方向,包括:Optionally, the determining a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency domain resource unit includes:
相邻且目标传输方向相同的所述子带之间未配置保护频带。No guard band is configured between the adjacent subbands with the same target transmission direction.
可选地,对应不同上行和下行方向的资源,可以配置有保护频带用于上下行转换等目的。Optionally, corresponding to resources in different uplink and downlink directions, guard bands may be configured for uplink and downlink conversion and other purposes.
可选地,对于连续子带,如果传输方向相同可以不留保护频带,即相邻且目标传输方向相同的子带之间可以不配置保护频带。可选地,对于保护频带可以由下列方式指示:Optionally, for consecutive subbands, if the transmission direction is the same, no guard band may be reserved, that is, no guard band may be configured between adjacent subbands with the same target transmission direction. Optionally, the guard band can be indicated by:
由网络半静态的配置;Semi-static configuration by the network;
通过预定义规则定义,即guard band包含在前一个频域资源和/或后一个频域资源;Defined by predefined rules, that is, the guard band is included in the previous frequency domain resource and/or the next frequency domain resource;
通过动态指示,包含在F资源里。Included in F resource by dynamic indication.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息基于高层信令半静态指示或基于MAC CE指示或基于DCI动态指示。Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information is based on high-layer signaling semi-static indication or based on MAC CE indication or based on DCI dynamic indication.
可选地,频域格式指示信息基于高层信令半静态指示或基于MAC CE指示或基于DCI动态指示。Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information is based on high-layer signaling semi-static indication or based on MAC CE indication or based on DCI dynamic indication.
可选地,频域格式指示信息可以是半静态的信令和/或动态信令;若是动态信令,可以是终端特定或组公用下行控制信息UE-specific or group common DCI。Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information may be semi-static signaling and/or dynamic signaling; if it is dynamic signaling, it may be terminal-specific or group-common downlink control information UE-specific or group common DCI.
可选地,对于承载FFI的信令为动态信令,承载FFI的DCI可以是UE-specific或group common DCI。该DCI的大小可以与一个其他DCI载荷大小相同,例如与SFI载荷大小对齐,例如最大n bits,n可以为128bits。Optionally, the signaling that bears the FFI is dynamic signaling, and the DCI that bears the FFI may be UE-specific or group common DCI. The size of the DCI may be the same as one other DCI payload size, eg, aligned with the SFI payload size, eg, a maximum of n bits, and n may be 128 bits.
可选地,如果一个FFI的DCI与对齐的DCI载荷大小不匹配,可以填充padding bit达到bit对齐。Optionally, if the DCI of an FFI does not match the aligned DCI payload size, padding bits can be padded to achieve bit alignment.
可选地,如果承载FFI的DCI的大小与其他DCI大小相同,网络可以配置一个RNTI用于加扰DCI,例如使用FFI-RNTI加扰。该RNTI用于区分承载FFI的DCI和其他相同payload size的DCI。Optionally, if the size of the DCI carrying the FFI is the same as the size of other DCIs, the network may configure an RNTI for scrambling the DCI, for example, using FFI-RNTI for scrambling. The RNTI is used to distinguish the DCI carrying FFI from other DCIs of the same payload size.
在本申请实施例中,通过网络侧设备指示终端在一个频域资源单元中确定一个或多个子带的目标传输方向,且其中包括可以灵活用于上行传输或下行传输的灵活子带,满足不同业务量要求的系统配置,有益于改进系统频谱利用率并降低时延。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal is instructed by the network side device to determine the target transmission direction of one or more subbands in a frequency domain resource unit, and includes flexible subbands that can be flexibly used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission, satisfying different requirements. The system configuration required by the traffic is beneficial to improve the system spectrum utilization and reduce the delay.
图17是本申请实施提供的资源确定方法的示意图之十四,如图17 所示,对于指示一个或多个BWP,一个或多个载波的FFI,由于可能有不同的子载波间隔,网络可以指示一个参考子载波间隔。FFI(或eSFI)按照参考子载波间隔指示,UE根据配置的载波和或BWP的子载波间隔,按照参考子载波间隔对FFI(或eSFI)进行转化。Figure 17 is the fourteenth schematic diagram of the resource determination method provided by the implementation of this application. As shown in Figure 17, for the FFI indicating one or more BWPs and one or more carriers, since there may be different subcarrier intervals, the network can Indicates a reference subcarrier spacing. The FFI (or eSFI) is indicated according to the reference subcarrier spacing, and the UE converts the FFI (or eSFI) according to the reference subcarrier spacing according to the configured carrier and or the subcarrier spacing of the BWP.
例如BWP1为15kHz SCS。BWP2为30kHz SCS。参考子载波间隔(sub-carrier spacing,SCS)为15kHZ,参考子带大小为8RB,那么FFI指示的频域粒度在BWP1为8RB,在BWP2为16RB。For example BWP1 is 15kHz SCS. BWP2 is 30kHz SCS. The reference sub-carrier spacing (SCS) is 15 kHz and the reference sub-band size is 8 RB, so the frequency domain granularity indicated by the FFI is 8 RB in BWP1 and 16 RB in BWP2.
可选地,时域单元可以根据参考的子载波间隔的不同而不同。即参考子载波需要考虑时频资源。Optionally, the time domain unit may be different according to the referenced subcarrier spacing. That is, the reference subcarrier needs to consider time-frequency resources.
图18是本申请实施例提供的资源确定方法的流程示意图之二,如图18所示,该方法包括如下步骤:FIG. 18 is a second schematic flowchart of a resource determination method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 18 , the method includes the following steps:
步骤1800,网络侧设备发送频域格式指示信息,所述频域格式指示信息用于指示一个频域资源单元中至少一个子带对应的目标传输方向;Step 1800: The network side device sends frequency domain format indication information, where the frequency domain format indication information is used to indicate a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency domain resource unit;
其中,所述目标传输方向包括:上行方向,下行方向,或灵活方向;Wherein, the target transmission direction includes: an uplink direction, a downlink direction, or a flexible direction;
所述目标传输方向为灵活方向的灵活子带可用于上行传输或下行传输。The flexible subband whose target transmission direction is the flexible direction may be used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission.
可选地,网络侧设备可以指示第一时间单元内,第一频域单元内,频域上、下行、灵活方向的格式。Optionally, the network-side device may indicate the format of the uplink, downlink, and flexible directions in the frequency domain in the first time unit, in the first frequency domain unit.
可选地,网络侧设备可以指示频域上、下行、灵活方向的格式指示的频域子带的粒度。Optionally, the network side device may indicate the granularity of frequency domain subbands indicated by the format of frequency domain uplink, downlink, and flexible directions.
可选地,网络侧设备可以指示终端将整个频段划分为多个子带。Optionally, the network side device may instruct the terminal to divide the entire frequency band into multiple subbands.
可选地,第一时间单元可以是X个符号/时隙,X>=1。Optionally, the first time unit may be X symbols/slots, where X>=1.
可选地,第一频域单元可以是Y个BWP/载波(ComponentCarrier,CC),Y>=1。Optionally, the first frequency domain unit may be Y BWPs/carriers (Component Carrier, CC), Y>=1.
可选地,网络侧设备可以同时对频域和时域的格式进行指示;Optionally, the network side device can simultaneously indicate the frequency domain and time domain formats;
可选地,终端可以同时接收网络侧对频域和时域的格式的指示,并基于指示对频域和时域的格式进行配置。Optionally, the terminal may simultaneously receive an indication of the format in the frequency domain and the time domain from the network side, and configure the format in the frequency domain and the time domain based on the indication.
可选地,网络侧设备可以指示终端把一个频域单元分为多个子带,以子带为单位进行传输方向的指示;Optionally, the network-side device may instruct the terminal to divide a frequency domain unit into multiple subbands, and to indicate the transmission direction in units of subbands;
可选地,终端可以基于网络侧的指示把一个频域单元分为多个子带,以子带为单位确定传输方向。Optionally, the terminal may divide a frequency domain unit into multiple subbands based on an instruction from the network side, and determine the transmission direction in units of subbands.
可选地,网络侧设备可以指示终端在一个频域单元内的多个子带上执行相同或不同的传输方向的传输。Optionally, the network side device may instruct the terminal to perform transmission in the same or different transmission directions on multiple subbands in one frequency domain unit.
可选地,终端可以基于网络侧的指示在一个频域单元内的多个子带上执行相同或不同的传输方向的传输。Optionally, the terminal may perform transmission in the same or different transmission directions on multiple subbands within one frequency domain unit based on an indication from the network side.
可选地,网络侧设备可以指示终端在一个频域单元内的一个子带或多个子带为灵活子带。Optionally, the network side device may indicate that one subband or multiple subbands in one frequency domain unit of the terminal are flexible subbands.
可选地,终端可以基于网络侧的指示确定一个频域单元内的一个子 带或多个子带为灵活子带。Optionally, the terminal may determine one subband or multiple subbands in one frequency domain unit as flexible subbands based on the indication of the network side.
可选地,灵活子带可以在上行传输和下行传输灵活切换;即灵活子带可以用于执行上行传输或者执行下行传输。Optionally, the flexible subband can be flexibly switched between uplink transmission and downlink transmission; that is, the flexible subband can be used to perform uplink transmission or perform downlink transmission.
可选地,网络侧设备可以指示每一个子带的目标传输方向,其中目标传输方向可以是上行方向,下行方向或灵活方向方向;Optionally, the network side device may indicate the target transmission direction of each subband, wherein the target transmission direction may be an uplink direction, a downlink direction or a flexible direction direction;
可选地,网络侧设备可以向终端发送频域格式指示信息(Frequency-domain Format Indication,FFI)。该频域格式指示信息指示终端在一个或多个BWP或一个或多个载波上,以子带粒度指示频域上、下行的传输方向。Optionally, the network side device may send frequency domain format indication information (Frequency-domain Format Indication, FFI) to the terminal. The frequency domain format indication information indicates that the terminal is on one or more BWPs or one or more carriers, and indicates the frequency domain uplink and downlink transmission directions with subband granularity.
可选地,该频域格式指示信息可以指示哪些频域资源是用作上行传输的资源,哪些是用下行传输的资源,哪些可以用作灵活传输的资源,指示为灵活传输的资源可以后续网络侧设备继续指示或终端基于当前传输任务或预定义的规则确定,例如通过DCI或高层信令指示为用于UL或DL传输的资源。Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information can indicate which frequency domain resources are used for uplink transmission, which are resources used for downlink transmission, and which can be used as flexible transmission resources, and the resources indicated as flexible transmission can be used by subsequent networks. The side device continues to instruct or the terminal determines based on the current transmission task or a predefined rule, for example, indicates the resource for UL or DL transmission through DCI or higher layer signaling.
可选地,终端可以接收网络侧设备发送的频域格式指示信息;然后终端可以基于频域格式指示信息,确定一个频域资源单元中至少一个子带对应的目标传输方向,比如上行方向,或下行方向,或灵活方向。Optionally, the terminal can receive the frequency domain format indication information sent by the network side device; then the terminal can determine, based on the frequency domain format indication information, a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency domain resource unit, such as an uplink direction, or Downward direction, or flexible direction.
可选地,被指示目标传输方向为灵活方向的子带可以称为灵活子带;Optionally, the subband whose target transmission direction is indicated as a flexible direction may be referred to as a flexible subband;
可选地,被指示目标传输方向不为灵活方向的子带可以称为非灵活子带。Optionally, the subbands indicated that the target transmission direction is not a flexible direction may be referred to as non-flexible subbands.
可选地,本申请实施例提出一种帧/时隙的频域格式指示方法,可以实现在一定时间内频域灵活的上、下行传输。Optionally, the embodiment of the present application proposes a frame/time slot frequency domain format indication method, which can realize flexible uplink and downlink transmission in the frequency domain within a certain period of time.
在本申请实施例中,通过网络侧设备指示终端在一个频域资源单元中确定一个或多个子带的目标传输方向,且其中包括可以灵活用于上行传输或下行传输的灵活子带,满足不同业务量要求的系统配置,有益于改进系统频谱利用率并降低时延。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal is instructed by the network side device to determine the target transmission direction of one or more subbands in a frequency domain resource unit, and includes flexible subbands that can be flexibly used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission, satisfying different requirements. The system configuration required by the traffic is beneficial to improve the system spectrum utilization and reduce the delay.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further includes:
网络侧设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述至少一个子带中每一个子带的大小以及所述至少一个子带的数量。The network side device sends first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the size of each subband in the at least one subband and the number of the at least one subband.
可选地,网络侧设备可以为终端配置子带信息即第一指示信息,该子带信息可以把一个载波或BWP划分成多个子带。Optionally, the network side device may configure subband information, that is, first indication information, for the terminal, and the subband information may divide one carrier or BWP into multiple subbands.
可选地,终端可以接收第一指示信息,然后基于子带信息即第一指示信息,将一个载波或BWP划分成多个子带。Optionally, the terminal may receive the first indication information, and then divide one carrier or BWP into multiple subbands based on the subband information, that is, the first indication information.
可选地,网络侧设备可以向终端发送第一指示信息,可以通过第一指示信息指示终端把一个频域单元分为多个子带时,每一个子带的大小以及所述至少一个子带的数量。Optionally, the network side device can send first indication information to the terminal, and can use the first indication information to instruct the terminal when dividing a frequency domain unit into multiple subbands, the size of each subband and the size of the at least one subband. quantity.
可选地,终端可以接收第一指示信息,基于第一指示信息,确定每一个子带的大小以及所述至少一个子带的数量,然后将一个频域单元分 为多个子带。Optionally, the terminal may receive the first indication information, determine the size of each subband and the number of the at least one subband based on the first indication information, and then divide a frequency domain unit into multiple subbands.
可选地,网络侧设备可以首先配置子带大小。Optionally, the network side device may configure the subband size first.
可选地,网络侧设备可以根据不同的SCS配置一个参考子载波间隔的参考子带大小,其他子带根据相应的BWP或载波的子载波间隔及参考子载波间隔及参考子带大小计算得到。Optionally, the network side device can configure a reference subband size of a reference subcarrier spacing according to different SCSs, and other subbands are calculated according to the subcarrier spacing, reference subcarrier spacing and reference subband size of the corresponding BWP or carrier.
对于一个BWP,子带大小可以由网络侧设备配置,例如可以等于RBG的大小,并由BWP的带宽确定。For a BWP, the subband size may be configured by the network side device, for example, may be equal to the size of the RBG, and is determined by the bandwidth of the BWP.
可选地,终端可以基于网络侧设备发送的第一指示信息,确定把一个频域单元分为多个子带时,每一个子带的大小以及所述至少一个子带的数量。Optionally, the terminal may determine, based on the first indication information sent by the network side device, the size of each subband and the number of the at least one subband when a frequency domain unit is divided into multiple subbands.
例如,表2是子带大小配置表,可以指示子带大小与RBG大小相同,由BWP带宽确定;如果一个BWP大小为128个RB,如果配置使用配置2,一个子带大小为16个RB。For example, Table 2 is a subband size configuration table, which can indicate that the subband size is the same as the RBG size, which is determined by the BWP bandwidth; if a BWP size is 128 RBs, and if configuration 2 is used, a subband size is 16 RBs.
表2子带大小配置表Table 2 Subband size configuration table
带宽部分大小Bandwidth Part Size 配置1Configuration 1 配置2 Configuration 2
1–361–36 22 44
37–7237–72 44 88
73–14473–144 88 1616
145–275145–275 1616 1616
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息包括:与所述至少一个子带相对应的至少一个第二指示信息;Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information includes: at least one second indication information corresponding to the at least one subband;
其中,所述至少一个子带的目标传输方向由所述第二指示信息基于所述至少一个子带的子带频率由低至高或由高至低指示。Wherein, the target transmission direction of the at least one subband is indicated by the second indication information from low to high or from high to low based on the subband frequency of the at least one subband.
可选地,如图4所示,至少一个子带的目标传输方向由所述第二指示信息基于所述至少一个子带的子带频率由低至高或由高至低指示;即FFI可以从子带低频率到高频率方向指示,或相反,可由网络侧设备配置。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 4 , the target transmission direction of at least one subband is indicated by the second indication information from low to high or from high to low based on the subband frequency of the at least one subband; that is, the FFI can be changed from The subband low frequency to high frequency direction indication, or vice versa, can be configured by the network side equipment.
例如,FFI为“DDFFFUUD”,则从子带低频率到高频率方向,第一个子带为DL下行方向,第二个子带为DL下行方向,第三个子带为灵活方向,第四个子带为灵活方向,第五个子带为灵活方向,第六个子带为UL上行方向,第七个子带为UL上行方向,第八个子带为DL下行方向。For example, if the FFI is "DDFFFUUD", from the subband low frequency to the high frequency direction, the first subband is the DL downstream direction, the second subband is the DL downstream direction, the third subband is the flexible direction, and the fourth subband is the DL downstream direction. For the flexible direction, the fifth subband is the flexible direction, the sixth subband is the UL uplink direction, the seventh subband is the UL uplink direction, and the eighth subband is the DL downlink direction.
可选地,如图5所示,网络侧设备可以通过频域格式指示信息对每载波或每bwp配置至少一个灵活子带,当再次通过频域格式指示信息FFI指示时可以只允许对灵活子带进行更改。其他的子带不允许更改。可以减少复杂度及指示的信令开销。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 5 , the network-side device can configure at least one flexible subband per carrier or per bwp through the frequency domain format indication information, and can only allow flexible subbands when indicated by the frequency domain format indication information FFI again. belt to make changes. Other subbands are not allowed to be changed. The complexity and signaling overhead of the indication can be reduced.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息的大小基于所述至少一个子带的数量确定。Optionally, the size of the frequency domain format indication information is determined based on the number of the at least one subband.
可选地,在至少一个子带的目标传输方向由所述第二指示信息基于所述至少一个子带的子带频率由低至高或由高至低指示的情况下,频域 格式指示信息的大小基于所述至少一个子带的数量确定。Optionally, when the target transmission direction of at least one subband is indicated by the second indication information from low to high or from high to low based on the subband frequency of the at least one subband, the frequency domain format indication information The size is determined based on the number of the at least one subband.
例如,如果子带大小与RBG大小相同,由BWP带宽确定。一个BWP大小为128个RB,如果配置一个子带为16个RB。那么一共有8个子带需要通过FFI指示传输方向,可以使用bitmap指示方法。如果有D,U,F三个状态,那么每个子带需要2bits,共需要16bit表示8个子带的传输方向。For example, if the subband size is the same as the RBG size, it is determined by the BWP bandwidth. The size of a BWP is 128 RBs, and if a subband is configured, it is 16 RBs. Then a total of 8 subbands need to indicate the transmission direction through FFI, and the bitmap indication method can be used. If there are three states of D, U, and F, then each sub-band needs 2 bits, and a total of 16 bits are needed to indicate the transmission direction of 8 sub-bands.
可选地,网络可以半静态指示一些子带的传输方向为UL或DL。对于剩余灵活子带通过FFI指示。所述频域格式指示信息包括:参考方向指示信息,所述灵活子带的数量和位置。Optionally, the network may semi-statically indicate that the transmission direction of some subbands is UL or DL. The remaining flexible subbands are indicated by FFI. The frequency domain format indication information includes: reference direction indication information, the number and position of the flexible subbands.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息包括:参考的传输方向指示信息,以及所述灵活子带的数量和位置。Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information includes: reference transmission direction indication information, and the number and position of the flexible subbands.
可选地,为了减少信令开销,对一个BWP,网络侧设备可以半静态配置或通过SFI指示一个时刻或一些时刻的频域参考的传输方向,及灵活子带数量M和灵活子带的位置。Optionally, in order to reduce signaling overhead, for a BWP, the network-side device can semi-statically configure or indicate the transmission direction of the frequency domain reference at one moment or some moments through SFI, as well as the number M of flexible subbands and the position of flexible subbands. .
可选地,网络侧设备可以指示参考方向为下行方向DL或上行方向UL;Optionally, the network side device may indicate that the reference direction is the downlink direction DL or the uplink direction UL;
可选地,对于一个BWP参考的传输方向为DL或UL,网络侧设备可以配置有K个子带为灵活子带;则其中除了这K个灵活子带以外的子带的传输方向均为下行方向DL或上行方向UL。Optionally, for the transmission direction of a BWP reference is DL or UL, the network side device may be configured with K subbands as flexible subbands; then the transmission directions of the subbands other than the K flexible subbands are all downlink directions. DL or UL in the upstream direction.
可选地,网络侧设备可以指示参考方向为下行方向DL或上行方向UL,则可以确定除了灵活子带以外的子带的传输方向均为下行方向DL或上行方向UL;Optionally, the network side device may indicate that the reference direction is the downlink direction DL or the uplink direction UL, then it can be determined that the transmission directions of the subbands other than the flexible subband are the downlink direction DL or the uplink direction UL;
可选地,网络侧设备后续可以仅改变灵活子带的方向,例如一个FFI指示灵活子带N改为上行或下行方向,对于未指示的子带(M-N)根据参考传输方向确定。Optionally, the network side device may only change the direction of the flexible subband subsequently, for example, an FFI indicates that the flexible subband N is changed to the uplink or downlink direction, and the unindicated subband (M-N) is determined according to the reference transmission direction.
可选地,网络侧设备后续可以仅改变灵活子带的方向,例如一个FFI指示灵活子带N改为上行或下行方向,对于未指示的灵活子带(O-N)根据参考传输方向确定。Optionally, the network side device may only change the direction of the flexible subband subsequently, for example, an FFI indicates that the flexible subband N is changed to the uplink or downlink direction, and the unindicated flexible subband (O-N) is determined according to the reference transmission direction.
例如,若终端再次收到频域格式指示信息,此时BWP参考的传输方向为DL,网络侧设备配置有L个子带为灵活子带,频域格式指示信息FFI可以指示L个灵活子带中用作UL子带的数量和位置,对于未指示的剩余灵活子带可以为参考传输方向,即DL;For example, if the terminal receives the frequency domain format indication information again, the transmission direction referenced by the BWP is DL, the network side device is configured with L subbands as flexible subbands, and the frequency domain format indication information FFI can indicate that the L flexible subbands are among the L flexible subbands. Used as the number and position of UL subbands, for the remaining flexible subbands that are not indicated, it can be the reference transmission direction, ie DL;
可选地,网络侧也可以配置,灵活子带中除了L个子带,其他子带仍保持为灵活方向不变。Optionally, it can also be configured on the network side, in the flexible subbands, except for the L subbands, the other subbands still keep the flexible direction unchanged.
可选地,网络侧设备可以指示FFI可以通过高层信令半静态指示或MAC CE指示或由DCI动态指示。Optionally, the network side device may indicate that the FFI may be indicated by high-layer signaling semi-statically or by MAC CE, or dynamically indicated by DCI.
可选地,网络侧设备可以首先配置子带大小。Optionally, the network side device may configure the subband size first.
可选地,网络侧设备可以根据不同的SCS配置一个参考子载波间隔的参考子带大小,其他子带根据相应的BWP或载波的子载波间隔及参考 子载波间隔及参考子带大小计算得到。Optionally, the network side device can configure a reference subband size of a reference subcarrier spacing according to different SCSs, and other subbands are calculated according to the subcarrier spacing, reference subcarrier spacing and reference subband size of the corresponding BWP or carrier.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息的大小基于所述灵活子带的数量确定,其他子带的传输方向由网络侧半静态指示。Optionally, the size of the frequency domain format indication information is determined based on the number of the flexible subbands, and the transmission directions of other subbands are semi-statically indicated by the network side.
例如网络侧设备使用以子带为单位使用连续资源指示方法指示D,U,F的频域格式。在所述频域格式指示信息包括:参考方向指示信息,所述灵活子带的数量和位置的情况下,分别需要
Figure PCTCN2022085473-appb-000011
Figure PCTCN2022085473-appb-000012
bit指示D,U,F的频域资源。
For example, the network side device uses the continuous resource indication method to indicate the frequency domain format of D, U, and F in the unit of subband. In the case that the frequency domain format indication information includes: reference direction indication information, the number and position of the flexible subbands, respectively
Figure PCTCN2022085473-appb-000011
Figure PCTCN2022085473-appb-000012
bit indicates the frequency domain resources of D, U, F.
可选地,如果高层配置FFI仅能够指示flexbile资源改变传输方向,那么可以节约信令开销。Optionally, if the high layer configuration FFI can only instruct the flexbile resource to change the transmission direction, signaling overhead can be saved.
可选地,如图6所示,参考方向为DL,FFI指示flexbile资源改变为UL传输方向,指示为UL子带的
Figure PCTCN2022085473-appb-000013
剩余的F子带为DL方向。如果采用bitmap的形式指示5个灵活子带的传输方向,那么则需要5bit。
Optionally, as shown in FIG. 6 , the reference direction is DL, the FFI indicates that the flexbile resource is changed to the UL transmission direction, and the indication is the UL subband.
Figure PCTCN2022085473-appb-000013
The remaining F subbands are in the DL direction. If the transmission direction of the 5 flexible subbands is indicated in the form of a bitmap, then 5 bits are required.
可选地,参考的传输方向即参考方向指示信息还可以通过SFI指示。Optionally, the reference transmission direction, that is, the reference direction indication information, may also be indicated by the SFI.
可选地,参考的传输方向即参考方向指示信息还可以网络配置。Optionally, the reference transmission direction, that is, the reference direction indication information may also be configured on the network.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息包括:第一索引;所述第一索引用于指示第一频域格式表中的第一目标格式组;其中,第一频域格式表中每一个第一目标格式组包括每一个子带和所述每一个子带对应的目标传输方向;Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information includes: a first index; the first index is used to indicate a first target format group in the first frequency domain format table; wherein, each of the first frequency domain format table The first target format group includes each subband and a target transmission direction corresponding to each subband;
所述第一频域格式表是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示的。The first frequency domain format table is preconfigured or predefined by a protocol or indicated in advance by a network side device.
可选地,系统可以预先配置或协议可以预定义或网络侧设备可以预先指示一个用于FFI指示的索引表,即第一频域格式表,包括至少一个第一索引和每一个第一索引对应的第一目标格式组,其中,每一个第一目标格式组都可以指示一个载波或一个BWP中所有子带对应的目标传输方向。Optionally, the system may be pre-configured or the protocol may be pre-defined, or the network-side device may pre-indicate an index table for FFI indication, that is, the first frequency domain format table, including at least one first index corresponding to each first index. The first target format group, wherein each first target format group may indicate a carrier or a target transmission direction corresponding to all subbands in a BWP.
可选地,在终端已知第一频域格式表的情况下,网络侧设备可以向终端发送第一索引,网络侧设备通过指示第一索引,即可指示目标载波或BWP所有子带的传输方向。Optionally, when the terminal knows the first frequency domain format table, the network side device can send the first index to the terminal, and the network side device can indicate the transmission of all subbands of the target carrier or BWP by indicating the first index. direction.
可选地,在终端已知第一频域格式表的情况下,终端可以接收网络侧设备发送的第一索引,并通过第一索引,在第一频域格式表中确定第一索引对应的第一目标格式组,进而确定第一目标格式组对应的指示内容,即目标载波或BWP所有子带的传输方向。Optionally, in the case where the terminal knows the first frequency domain format table, the terminal may receive the first index sent by the network side device, and use the first index to determine the corresponding first index in the first frequency domain format table. The first target format group, and further determine the indication content corresponding to the first target format group, that is, the transmission direction of the target carrier or all subbands of the BWP.
可选地,对于一个载波或BWP的所有子带n,网络可以配置一个n列的表。Optionally, the network may configure an n-column table for all subbands n of a carrier or BWP.
以8个子带为例,表3可以是第一频域格式表,通过指示一个索引即可指示所有子带的传输方向。Taking 8 subbands as an example, Table 3 may be the first frequency domain format table, and the transmission directions of all subbands can be indicated by indicating an index.
表3第一频域格式表Table 3 First frequency domain format table
Figure PCTCN2022085473-appb-000014
Figure PCTCN2022085473-appb-000014
需要说明的是,表3仅作为第一频域格式表的示例,不作为对第一频域格式表的限制。It should be noted that, Table 3 is only used as an example of the first frequency domain format table, and not as a limitation on the first frequency domain format table.
可选地,第一子带至第七子带可以是一个BWP或一个载波中所有子带从子带低频率到高频率方向排序确定或从子带高频率到低频率方向排序确定。Optionally, the first subband to the seventh subband may be determined by ordering all subbands in one BWP or one carrier from the low frequency to the high frequency of the subband or from the high frequency to the low frequency of the subband.
比如,频域格式指示信息包括的第一索引为3,即指示第一子带至第七子带为“DFFUUUUU”,则终端可以确定,则从子带低频率到高频率方向,第一个子带为DL下行方向,第二个子带为灵活方向,第三个子带为灵活方向,第四个子带为UL上行方向,第五个子带为UL上行方向,第六个子带为UL上行方向,第七个子带为UL上行方向。For example, if the first index included in the frequency domain format indication information is 3, that is, the first subband to the seventh subband is indicated as "DFFUUUUU", the terminal can determine that, from the low frequency of the subband to the high frequency direction, the first The subband is the DL downstream direction, the second subband is the flexible direction, the third subband is the flexible direction, the fourth subband is the UL upstream direction, the fifth subband is the UL upstream direction, and the sixth subband is the UL upstream direction, The seventh subband is the UL uplink direction.
可选地,所述网络侧设备发送频域格式指示信息包括:Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information sent by the network side device includes:
所述网络侧设备发送至少一个频域格式指示信息;The network side device sends at least one frequency domain format indication information;
其中,一个频域格式指示信息对应指示一个频域资源单元,且不同的所述频域格式指示信息对应指示不同的频域资源单元。One frequency domain format indication information corresponds to one frequency domain resource unit, and different frequency domain format indication information corresponds to different frequency domain resource units.
可选地,一个频域资源单元可以至少是一个载波或至少是一个BWP。Optionally, one frequency domain resource unit may be at least one carrier or at least one BWP.
可选地,可以在DCI里可以为每一个载波或每一个BWP配置一个FFI的位置,即指示每一个载波或每一个BWP中所有子带的目标传输方向。Optionally, a position of an FFI may be configured for each carrier or each BWP in the DCI, that is, indicating the target transmission direction of all subbands in each carrier or each BWP.
可选地,如图7所示,承载FFI的DCI可以包含多个载波的FFI。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 7 , the DCI carrying the FFI may include FFIs of multiple carriers.
可选地,一个频域格式指示信息对应指示一个载波的情况下,一个载波中的所有BWP都可以使用相同的FFI;比如载波1中的第一BWP中有7个子带,第二BWP中有7个子带;FFI指示第一BWP中的7个子带的目标传输方向是“UUFFUDD”,第二BWP中的7个子带的目标传输方向也是“UUFFUDD”。Optionally, when one frequency domain format indication information corresponds to one carrier, all BWPs in one carrier can use the same FFI; for example, there are 7 subbands in the first BWP in carrier 1, and there are 7 subbands in the second BWP. 7 subbands; the FFI indicates that the target transmission direction of the 7 subbands in the first BWP is "UUFFUDD", and the target transmission direction of the 7 subbands in the second BWP is also "UUFFUDD".
可选地,如图8所示,承载FFI的DCI可以包含多个BWP的FFI;比如BWP1中有8个子带,BWP2中有8个子带,BWP3中有8个子 带,…,BWP n中有8个子带;FFI1指示“UUFFUDDU”,FFI2指示“UDFFUDUU”,FFI3指示“UFFFFDUU”,…,FFI n指示“UFDFFDUU”;终端可以基于指示BWP1的FFI1确定8个子带的目标传输方向分别是“UUFFUDDU”;终端可以基于指示BWP2的FFI2确定8个子带的目标传输方向分别是“UFFFFDUU”;终端可以基于指示BWP3的FFI3确定8个子带的目标传输方向分别是“UFFFFDUU”;…;终端可以基于指示BWP n的FFI n确定8个子带的目标传输方向分别是“UFDFFDUU”。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 8 , the DCI carrying FFI may include FFIs of multiple BWPs; for example, there are 8 subbands in BWP1, 8 subbands in BWP2, 8 subbands in BWP3, ..., in BWPn 8 subbands; FFI1 indicates "UUFFUDDU", FFI2 indicates "UDFFUDUU", FFI3 indicates "UFFFFDUU", ..., FFI n indicates "UFFFFDUU"; the terminal can determine that the target transmission directions of the 8 subbands are "UUFFUDDU" based on FFI1 indicating BWP1 ”; the terminal may determine that the target transmission directions of the 8 subbands are “UFFFFDUU” based on the FFI2 indicating BWP2; the terminal may determine that the target transmission directions of the 8 subbands are “UFFFFDUU” based on the FFI3 indicating BWP3; The FFI n of BWP n determines that the target transmission directions of the 8 subbands are "UFDFFDUU" respectively.
可选地,在网络侧设备同时指示多个频域格式指示信息的情况下,每一个频域格式指示信息可以对应一个终端组,不同的终端(组)可以采用相同或不同的频域格式指示信息所指示的频域格式。Optionally, when the network side device indicates multiple frequency domain format indication information at the same time, each frequency domain format indication information may correspond to a terminal group, and different terminals (groups) may use the same or different frequency domain format indication information. The frequency domain format indicated by the information.
可选地,在DCI里可以为每一个终端组配置一个FFI的位置。比如,对于一个UE,网络配置其BWP1和BWP2的FFI在DCI的位置为FFI1和FFI2。Optionally, an FFI location can be configured for each terminal group in the DCI. For example, for a UE, the network configures the positions of the FFIs of its BWP1 and BWP2 in the DCI as FFI1 and FFI2.
例如,同样可以参考图8,当UE被配置使用BWP1时,UE使用FFI1,即可以确定8个子带的目标传输方向分别是“UUFFUDDU”,当UE使用BWP2时,UE使用FFI2。For example, referring to FIG. 8 , when the UE is configured to use BWP1, the UE uses FFI1, that is, it can be determined that the target transmission directions of the 8 subbands are “UUFFUDDU” respectively. When the UE uses BWP2, the UE uses FFI2.
可选地,如图9所示,网络侧设备还可以对一个终端组联合指示每一个bwp、每一个载波的FFI。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 9 , the network side device may also jointly indicate the FFI of each bwp and each carrier to a terminal group.
例如,UE被配置为2个载波的载波聚合,对于载波1,UE被配置3个BWP,分别为BWP1,BWP2,BWP3。对于载波2,UE被配置3个BWP,分别为BWP1,BWP2,BWP3。当UE被配置为载波1的BWP1以及载波2的BWP3时,UE将根据FFI1和FFI6确定频域格式。For example, the UE is configured for carrier aggregation of 2 carriers, and for carrier 1, the UE is configured with 3 BWPs, namely BWP1, BWP2, and BWP3. For carrier 2, the UE is configured with 3 BWPs, namely BWP1, BWP2, and BWP3. When the UE is configured as BWP1 of carrier 1 and BWP3 of carrier 2, the UE will determine the frequency domain format according to FFI1 and FFI6.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息包括第三索引组;Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information includes a third index group;
所述第三索引组用于指示第三频域格式表中的至少一个第三目标格式组,其中每一个第三目标格式组分别对应指示一个子带;The third index group is used to indicate at least one third target format group in the third frequency-domain format table, wherein each third target format group respectively indicates a subband;
其中,一个第三目标格式组用于指示一个时域资源单元中至少一个符号、子时隙或时隙分别对应的目标传输方向;Wherein, a third target format group is used to indicate the target transmission direction respectively corresponding to at least one symbol, sub-slot or time slot in a time-domain resource unit;
所述第三频域格式表是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示给终端的。The third frequency domain format table is pre-configured or predefined by a protocol or indicated to the terminal in advance by the network side device.
可选地,系统可以预先配置或协议可以预定义或网络侧设备可以预先指示一个用于FFI指示的索引表,即第三频域格式表,包括至少一个第三索引eSFI index n和每一个第三索引对应的第三目标格式组,其中,每一个第三目标格式组都可以对应指示一个子带对应的时域单元中各个子时隙对应的目标传输方向。Optionally, the system can be pre-configured or the protocol can be pre-defined or the network side device can pre-indicate an index table for FFI indication, that is, the third frequency domain format table, including at least one third index eSFI index n and each The third target format group corresponding to the three indices, wherein each third target format group may correspondingly indicate the target transmission direction corresponding to each sub-slot in the time-domain unit corresponding to one sub-band.
可选地,在终端已知第三频域格式表的情况下,网络侧设备可以向终端发送第三索引组,网络侧设备通过指示第三索引组,即可指示目标载波或BWP所有子带对应的各个时域单元中各个子时隙对应的目标传输方向。Optionally, when the terminal knows the third frequency domain format table, the network side device can send the third index group to the terminal, and the network side device can indicate the target carrier or all subbands of the BWP by indicating the third index group. The target transmission direction corresponding to each sub-slot in each corresponding time-domain unit.
可选地,在终端已知第三频域格式表的情况下,终端可以接收网络侧设备发送的第三索引,并通过第三索引,在第三频域格式表中确定第三索引对应的第三目标格式组,进而确定第三目标格式组对应的指示内容,即目标载波或BWP所有子带对应的时域单元中各个子时隙对应的目标传输方向。Optionally, in the case where the terminal knows the third frequency domain format table, the terminal may receive the third index sent by the network side device, and use the third index to determine the corresponding third index in the third frequency domain format table. The third target format group, and further determine the indication content corresponding to the third target format group, that is, the target transmission direction corresponding to each sub-slot in the time-domain unit corresponding to all sub-bands of the target carrier or BWP.
可选地,如图10所示,例如,一个BWP中包括6个子带,即子带1至子带6,一个时域单元包括6个子时隙;即网络侧设备可以通过FFIA指示子带1至子带6分别对应第三索引组eSFI1,eSFI2,…,eSFI6,其中,eSFI1可以指示第一子带的各个时域单元的目标传输方向为“DDDDDD”,eSFI2可以指示第二子带的各个时域单元的目标传输方向为“DFUUUU”,…,eSFI6指示第六子带的各个时域单元的目标传输方向为“DUFDDD”。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 10 , for example, one BWP includes 6 subbands, that is, subband 1 to subband 6, and one time domain unit includes 6 subslots; that is, the network side device can indicate subband 1 through FFIA To subband 6 respectively corresponds to the third index group eSFI1, eSFI2, ..., eSFI6, wherein, eSFI1 can indicate that the target transmission direction of each time domain unit of the first subband is "DDDDDD", The target transmission direction of the time domain unit is "DFUUUU", ..., eSFI6 indicates that the target transmission direction of each time domain unit of the sixth subband is "DUFDDD".
可选地,一个BWP或一个载波中不同的子带对应的第三目标格式组可以相同或不同;Optionally, the third target format groups corresponding to different subbands in one BWP or one carrier may be the same or different;
例如,如图11所示,例如,一个BWP中包括8个子带,即基于频率从大到小排序为子带1至子带8,一个时域单元包括6个时隙;即网络侧设备可以通过FFI指示子带1至子带8分别对应第三索引组eSFI index1,eSFI index1,eSFI index2,eSFI index2,eSFI index3,eSFI index3,eSFI index1,eSFI index1,其中,eSFI index1指示“DDDDDD”,eSFI index2指示“DFUUUU”,eSFI index3指示“DFFUUU”。For example, as shown in FIG. 11 , for example, a BWP includes 8 subbands, that is, subband 1 to subband 8 are sorted in descending order based on frequency, and one time domain unit includes 6 time slots; that is, the network side device can Subband 1 to subband 8 are indicated by FFI respectively corresponding to the third index group eSFI index1, eSFI index1, eSFI index2, eSFI index2, eSFI index3, eSFI index3, eSFI index1, eSFI index1, wherein, eSFI index1 indicates "DDDDDD", eSFI index1 index2 indicates "DFUUUU", and eSFI index3 indicates "DFFUUU".
本申请实施例中,网络侧设备可以同时指示FFI和作用时间的方式,即增强型时域格式指示(enhanced slot format indication,eSFI)。In this embodiment of the present application, the network side device may indicate the FFI and the action time at the same time, that is, enhanced slot format indication (eSFI).
对于载波和/或BWP,网络侧设备可以每一个子带配置/指示eSFI(enhanced slot format indication)。eSFI可以采用第三频域格式表,第三频域格式表可以采用类似表1的指示方式。For the carrier and/or BWP, the network side device may configure/indicate eSFI (enhanced slot format indication) per subband. The eSFI may adopt a third frequency domain format table, and the third frequency domain format table may adopt an indication manner similar to Table 1.
例如网络侧设备可以配置或指示子带数,每一个子带配置或指示一个eSFI的索引值(第三索引),通过eSFI达到同时指示FFI和作用时间的目的。For example, the network side device may configure or indicate the number of subbands, each subband configures or indicates an index value (third index) of the eSFI, and the purpose of simultaneously indicating the FFI and the action time is achieved through the eSFI.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息包括第四索引;Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information includes a fourth index;
所述第四索引用于指示第五频域格式表中的第四目标格式组,其中第四目标格式组包括至少一个第五目标格式组;The fourth index is used to indicate a fourth target format group in the fifth frequency domain format table, wherein the fourth target format group includes at least one fifth target format group;
其中,每一个第五目标格式组分别对应指示一个子带;Wherein, each fifth target format group indicates a subband correspondingly;
一个第五目标格式组用于指示一个时域资源单元中至少一个符号、子时隙或时隙分别对应的目标传输方向;A fifth target format group is used to indicate the target transmission direction respectively corresponding to at least one symbol, sub-slot or time slot in a time-domain resource unit;
所述第五频域格式表是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示给终端的。The fifth frequency domain format table is pre-configured or predefined by a protocol or indicated to the terminal in advance by the network side device.
可选地,对于eSFI的信令指示可以通过网络侧设备配置一个终端在DCI中监测一个或多个eSFI实现。Optionally, the signaling indication for the eSFI can be implemented by configuring a terminal on the network side to monitor one or more eSFIs in the DCI.
例如,如图12所示,网络侧设备可以为后向UE1配置承载eSFI的DCI中的eSFI 5的位置,UE1可以将根据eSFI 5的SFI-index确定slot的格式。For example, as shown in Figure 12, the network side device can configure the position of eSFI 5 in the DCI carrying eSFI for the backward UE1, and UE1 can determine the format of the slot according to the SFI-index of eSFI 5.
例如,网络侧设备可以为后向UE2配置承载eSFI的DCI中的eSFI 6的位置,UE2将根据eSFI 6的SFI-index确定slot的格式。For example, the network side device may configure the position of eSFI 6 in the DCI carrying eSFI for the backward UE2, and UE2 will determine the format of the slot according to the SFI-index of eSFI 6.
例如,网络侧设备可以为UE3配置4个子带,并且配置其监测承载eSFI的DCI中的eSFI 1-4的位置,UE3将根据eSFI 1-4的SFI-index确定每个子带的slot的格式。For example, the network side device can configure 4 subbands for UE3, and configure it to monitor the position of eSFI 1-4 in the DCI carrying eSFI, UE3 will determine the format of the slot of each subband according to the SFI-index of eSFI 1-4.
可选地,可以通过多个eSFI指示其FFI及为FFI的作用时间,实现为一个UE(组)对每个载波或每个BWP的每个子带同时指示FFI及其作用时间的目的。同时与后向UE能够兼容。Optionally, multiple eSFIs may be used to indicate the FFI and the action time of the FFI, so that a UE (group) can simultaneously indicate the FFI and its action time for each carrier or each subband of each BWP. At the same time, it is compatible with backward UE.
可选地,网络侧设备可以配置子带编号与eSFI的映射关系,例如网络可以为UE配置如下映射关系:Optionally, the network side device can configure the mapping relationship between the subband number and the eSFI, for example, the network can configure the following mapping relationship for the UE:
{子带1,eSFI1};{subband1, eSFI1};
{子带2,eSFI3};{subband 2, eSFI3};
{子带3,eSFI4};{subband 3, eSFI4};
{子带4,eSFI2}……{subband 4, eSFI2}  …
进一步地,网络侧设备可以配置一个子带和eSFI的索引表即第五频域格式表,如下表4,然后通过一个索引即第四索引指示。其中每个eSFI可以采用类似表1的指示方式。Further, the network side device may configure an index table of subbands and eSFI, that is, a fifth frequency domain format table, as shown in Table 4 below, and then indicate by an index, that is, a fourth index. Each of the eSFIs may adopt an indication method similar to that in Table 1.
表4第五频域格式表Table 4 Fifth frequency domain format table
Figure PCTCN2022085473-appb-000015
Figure PCTCN2022085473-appb-000015
需要说明的是,表4仅作为第五频域格式表的示例,不作为对第五频域格式表的限制。It should be noted that Table 4 is only used as an example of the fifth frequency domain format table, not as a limitation on the fifth frequency domain format table.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息用于指示频域格式生效的目标时间段。Optionally, the frequency-domain format indication information is used to indicate a target time period during which the frequency-domain format takes effect.
可选地,对于每一个子带,可以配置频域格式指示信息指示的频域格式在目标时间段生效。Optionally, for each subband, the frequency domain format indicated by the frequency domain format indication information may be configured to take effect in the target time period.
比如可以通过索引指示;For example, it can be indicated by an index;
例如对于其中每个eSFI的索引,可以配置eSFI的生效时间,例如可以由高层配置每一个索引对应的作用时间,如下表5(索引生效时间表a)所示。For example, for the index of each eSFI, the effective time of the eSFI can be configured, for example, the action time corresponding to each index can be configured by the upper layer, as shown in Table 5 (index effective timetable a) below.
表5索引生效时间表aTable 5 Index Effective Timetablea
eSFI-indexeSFI-index 生效时间(时隙格式)Effective time (time slot format)
00 单个时隙Single slot Single slot
11 两个时隙Two-slotTwo-slot
22 三个时隙Three-slotThree-slot
需要说明的是,表5仅作为索引生效时间表的示例,不作为对索引生效时间表的限制。It should be noted that, Table 5 is only used as an example of the index effective timetable, not as a restriction on the index effective timetable.
例如,可以通过索引单独指示,如下表6(索引生效时间表b)所示。For example, it can be indicated by an index alone, as shown in Table 6 (Index Validation Schedule b) below.
表6索引生效时间表bTable 6 Index Effective Timetableb
Figure PCTCN2022085473-appb-000016
Figure PCTCN2022085473-appb-000016
需要说明的是,表6仅作为索引生效时间表的示例,不作为对索引生效时间表的限制。It should be noted that Table 6 is only used as an example of the index effective timetable, and not as a restriction on the index effective timetable.
可选地,所述目标时间段包括:Optionally, the target time period includes:
所述终端接收所述频域格式指示信息的监控周期,即The monitoring period during which the terminal receives the frequency domain format indication information, that is,
频域格式指示信息所指示的频域格式生效的目标时间段可以是从一个接收所述频域格式指示信息的时刻开始,持续到终端接收到下一个频域格式指示信息的时刻为止结束。The target time period in which the frequency domain format indicated by the frequency domain format indication information takes effect may start from a time when the frequency domain format indication information is received, and last until the terminal receives the next frequency domain format indication information.
可选地,可以按照预定义的规则或网络配置确定目标时间段。Optionally, the target time period may be determined according to a predefined rule or network configuration.
例如网络可以配置FFI作用时间为承载FFI的DCI的监测周期。即如果UE在一个监测时刻接收到一个承载FFI的DCI,该FFI将生效时间持续到接收承载新的FFI的DCI为止。For example, the network may configure the FFI action time as the monitoring period of the DCI bearing the FFI. That is, if the UE receives a DCI bearing an FFI at a monitoring moment, the FFI will continue to take effect until the DCI bearing a new FFI is received.
可选地,所述目标时间段是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示给终端的。Optionally, the target time period is pre-configured or predefined by a protocol or indicated to the terminal in advance by the network side device.
可选地,频域格式指示信息所指示的频域格式生效的目标时间段可以是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示的。Optionally, the target time period during which the frequency domain format indicated by the frequency domain format indication information takes effect may be pre-configured or predefined by a protocol or pre-indicated by the network side device.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息用于指示第一时间段为所述目标时间段。Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information is used to indicate that the first time period is the target time period.
可选地,可以显式指示FFI的生效时间。Optionally, the effective time of the FFI can be explicitly indicated.
可选地,网络侧设备可以额外配置FFI的作用时间。Optionally, the network side device may additionally configure the action time of the FFI.
可选地,如图13所示,例如承载FFI的DCI包含作用时间指示域,例如对一个UE(组)对至少一个载波和或至少一个BWP,配置如图13所示,UE监测FFI1其持续时间为x1,UE监测FFI2其持续时间为x2,UE监测FFI3 其持续时间为x3。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 13 , for example, the DCI carrying the FFI includes an action time indication field, for example, for a UE (group) to at least one carrier and or at least one BWP, the configuration is shown in FIG. 13 , and the UE monitors the FFI1 and its duration is The time is x1, the duration of UE monitoring FFI2 is x2, and the duration of UE monitoring FFI3 is x3.
可选地,如图14所示,网络侧设备可以配置FFI作用时间的时域粒度及时域pattern。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 14 , the network-side device can configure the time-domain granularity and time-domain pattern of the FFI action time.
例如时域粒度为slot,时域pattern为1010100101,其中1表示FFI作用的slot,0表示不应用FFI的slot。For example, the time-domain granularity is slot, and the time-domain pattern is 1010100101, where 1 represents the slot where FFI is used, and 0 represents the slot where FFI is not applied.
如果高层配置时域粒度,DCI指示FFI和时域pattern,那么DCI可以如图14指示。If the high layer configures the time domain granularity, and the DCI indicates the FFI and the time domain pattern, then the DCI can be indicated in Figure 14.
可选地,如图15所示,可以通过下列顺序的组合在DCI中进行指示信令的排列。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 15 , the indication signaling can be arranged in the DCI through a combination of the following sequences.
组合1:先载波内的频域指示,再时域指示,最后载波间的频域指示;Combination 1: first the frequency domain indication within the carrier, then the time domain indication, and finally the frequency domain indication between the carriers;
组合2:先时域指示,再载波内的频域指示,最后载波间的频域指示;Combination 2: first time domain indication, then frequency domain indication within the carrier, and finally frequency domain indication between carriers;
组合3:先载波内的频域指示,再载波间的频域指示,最后时域指示。Combination 3: First the frequency domain indication within the carrier, then the frequency domain indication between the carriers, and finally the time domain indication.
图15为组合1的指示形式。Figure 15 is an indication form of combination 1.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息包括第二索引;所述第二索引用于指示第二频域格式表中的第二目标格式组;其中,第二频域格式表中每一个第二目标格式组包括每一个子带和所述每一个子带对应的目标传输方向和所述第二目标格式组的所述目标时间段;所述第二频域格式表是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示给终端的。Optionally, the frequency-domain format indication information includes a second index; the second index is used to indicate a second target format group in the second frequency-domain format table; The two target format groups include each subband and the target transmission direction corresponding to each subband and the target time period of the second target format group; the second frequency domain format table is pre-configured or a protocol Predefined or pre-indicated to the terminal by the network side device.
可选地,FFI与其生效时间可以联合配置为一个表(第二频域格式表);Optionally, the FFI and its effective time can be jointly configured as a table (the second frequency domain format table);
可选地,网络可以预先配置或协议可以预定义或网络侧设备可以预先指示一个用于FFI指示的索引表,即第二频域格式表,包括第二索引和第二索引对应的第二目标格式组,其中,一个第二目标格式组都可以对应指示一个频域单元中所有子带对应的目标传输方向,和每一个目标传输方向生效的子时隙。Optionally, the network may be pre-configured or the protocol may be pre-defined, or the network-side device may pre-indicate an index table for FFI indication, that is, the second frequency domain format table, including the second index and the second target corresponding to the second index. A format group, wherein a second target format group can correspond to indicate the target transmission directions corresponding to all subbands in a frequency domain unit, and the sub-slots in which each target transmission direction is valid.
可选地,在终端已知第二频域格式表的情况下,网络侧设备可以向终端发送第二索引,网络侧设备通过指示第二索引组,即可指示一个频域单元中所有子带对应的目标传输方向,和每一个目标传输方向生效的子时隙。Optionally, when the terminal knows the second frequency domain format table, the network side device can send the second index to the terminal, and the network side device can indicate all subbands in a frequency domain unit by indicating the second index group. Corresponding target transmission directions, and subslots in which each target transmission direction is valid.
可选地,在终端已知第二频域格式表的情况下,终端可以接收网络侧设备发送的第二索引,并通过第二索引,在第二频域格式表中确定第二索引对应的第二目标格式组,进而确定第二目标格式组对应的指示内容,即一个频域单元中所有子带对应的目标传输方向,和每一个目标传输方向生效的子时隙。Optionally, in the case where the terminal knows the second frequency domain format table, the terminal may receive the second index sent by the network side device, and use the second index to determine in the second frequency domain format table the corresponding value of the second index. The second target format group, and further determine the indication content corresponding to the second target format group, that is, target transmission directions corresponding to all subbands in a frequency domain unit, and subslots in which each target transmission direction is valid.
网络侧设备可以指示一个索引(第二索引)同时指示FFI及其作用时间。如下表7(第二频域格式表)所示。The network side device may indicate an index (the second index) and at the same time indicate the FFI and its action time. As shown in Table 7 (the second frequency domain format table) below.
表7第二频域格式表Table 7 Second frequency domain format table
Figure PCTCN2022085473-appb-000017
Figure PCTCN2022085473-appb-000017
Figure PCTCN2022085473-appb-000018
Figure PCTCN2022085473-appb-000018
需要说明的是,表7仅作为第二频域格式表的示例,不作为对第二频域格式表的限制。It should be noted that Table 7 is only used as an example of the second frequency domain format table, and not as a limitation on the second frequency domain format table.
可选地,所述目标时间段的起始时刻在承载所述频域格式指示信息的PDCCH的最后一个符号之后。Optionally, the start time of the target time period is after the last symbol of the PDCCH carrying the frequency domain format indication information.
可选地,如果由DCI调度PUSCH或SRS,且承载FFI的DCI可应用于PUSCH传输或SRS传输,目标时间段可以为承载FFI的PDCCH的最后一个符号之后T′ proc,2符号之后生效。 Optionally, if PUSCH or SRS is scheduled by DCI, and DCI carrying FFI can be applied to PUSCH transmission or SRS transmission, the target time period can be T'proc, 2 symbols after the last symbol of PDCCH carrying FFI.
可选地,对于PUSCH processing capability 2,T′ proc,2Optionally, for PUSCH processing capability 2, T' proc, 2 is given by
T proc,2=max((N 2+d 2,1)(2048+144)·κ2 ·T C,d 2,2)得到; T proc,2 =max((N 2 +d 2,1 )(2048+144)·κ2− μ ·T C ,d 2,2 ) is obtained;
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022085473-appb-000019
d offset由delta_Offset得到,μ为PDCCH的子载波间隔和最小的子载波配置μ UL的最小值,μ UL可以由高层参数FrequencyInfoUL或FrequencyInfoUL-SIB的scs-SpecificCarrierList参数提供。
in,
Figure PCTCN2022085473-appb-000019
d offset is obtained from delta_Offset , μ is the minimum value of the subcarrier spacing of PDCCH and the minimum subcarrier configuration μUL, and μUL can be provided by the higher layer parameter FrequencyInfoUL or the scs-SpecificCarrierList parameter of FrequencyInfoUL-SIB.
可选地,可以不在监测到承载FFI的PDCCH的Coreset的最后一个符号间隔T proc,2(假设d 2,1=0)之前取消PUSCH传输或SRS传输。 Optionally, PUSCH transmission or SRS transmission may not be cancelled before the last symbol interval T proc,2 (assuming d 2,1 =0) of the Coreset carrying PDCCH carrying FFI is monitored.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further includes:
向终端发送监控指示信息,所述监控指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:Send monitoring indication information to the terminal, where the monitoring indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
指示检测频域格式指示信息的监控周期和监控偏移;Indicate the monitoring period and monitoring offset of the detection frequency domain format indication information;
指示终端仅监测所述频域格式指示信息;instructing the terminal to monitor only the frequency domain format indication information;
指示终端不监测时域格式指示信息SFI。Indicates that the terminal does not monitor the time domain format indication information SFI.
可选地,终端可以基于FFI的监测周期,检测FFI。Optionally, the terminal may detect the FFI based on the monitoring period of the FFI.
可选地,网络侧设备可以配置承载FFI的DCI的监测周期和监测偏移。Optionally, the network side device may configure the monitoring period and monitoring offset of the DCI bearing the FFI.
可选地,监测周期可以为[1,2,4,5,8,10,16,20,40,80,160,320,640,1280,2560]时隙或子时隙或符号;Optionally, the monitoring period can be [1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 40, 80, 160, 320, 640, 1280, 2560] timeslots or subslots or symbols;
可选地,网络侧设备可以配置在slot内监测承载FFI的DCI的监测pattern,终端可以基于监测pattern检测FFI。Optionally, the network side device may be configured to monitor the monitoring pattern of the DCI bearing the FFI in the slot, and the terminal may detect the FFI based on the monitoring pattern.
可选地,如图16所示,如果一个UE(组)配置了监测承载FFI(或eSFI)的DCI,如果UE监测到了该DCI,那么可以按照FFI或eSFI指示的上、下行频带进行传输。如果没监测到DCI,那么可以按照tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon,或者tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated or SFI或者动态调度或者高层配置的上下行进行传输。例如UE被配置1个slot为周期的CG或SPS,CG和SPS只在有效的传输方向上进行发送及接收。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 16 , if a UE (group) is configured to monitor the DCI bearing FFI (or eSFI), if the UE monitors the DCI, it can transmit according to the uplink and downlink frequency bands indicated by FFI or eSFI. If no DCI is detected, then the transmission can be performed according to tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon, or tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated or SFI or dynamic scheduling or upper-layer configuration. For example, the UE is configured with 1 slot as a periodic CG or SPS, and the CG and SPS are only sent and received in the valid transmission direction.
可选地,对于配置FFI的UE,网络侧设备可以配置UE只检测承载FFI的DCI,不监测承载SFI的DCI。可选地,终端可以仅监测所述频域格式指示信息,不监测时域格式指示信息SFI。Optionally, for the UE configured with FFI, the network side device may configure the UE to only detect the DCI bearing the FFI and not monitor the DCI bearing the SFI. Optionally, the terminal may only monitor the frequency domain format indication information, and not monitor the time domain format indication information SFI.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further includes:
在发送所述频域格式指示信息之后,发送新的频域格式指示信息;After sending the frequency domain format indication information, send new frequency domain format indication information;
所述新的频域格式指示信息用于指示所述灵活子带的目标传输方向。可选地,所述频域格式指示信息可以仅用于指示所述灵活子带的目标传输方向。The new frequency domain format indication information is used to indicate the target transmission direction of the flexible subband. Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information may only be used to indicate the target transmission direction of the flexible subband.
可选地,本申请实施例中,新的频域格式指示信息可以仅用于指示所述灵活子带的目标传输方向,相应地,其他子带的传输方向不可以被更改。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the new frequency-domain format indication information may only be used to indicate the target transmission direction of the flexible subband, and correspondingly, the transmission directions of other subbands cannot be changed.
可选地,网络侧设备配置灵活子带后,后续可以仅改变灵活子带的方向,例如一个FFI指示灵活子带N改为上行或下行方向,对于未指示的灵活子带(M-N)根据参考传输方向确定。Optionally, after the network side device configures the flexible subband, it can only change the direction of the flexible subband subsequently. For example, an FFI indicates that the flexible subband N is changed to the uplink or downlink direction. The transmission direction is determined.
可选地,终端可以在确定一个频域资源单元中至少一个子带对应的目标传输方向之后,所述终端接收新的频域格式指示信息;Optionally, the terminal may receive new frequency domain format indication information after determining the target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in one frequency domain resource unit;
可选地,所述新的频域格式指示信息还可以用于指示灵活子带和非灵活子带的目标传输方向。Optionally, the new frequency domain format indication information may also be used to indicate the target transmission directions of the flexible subband and the non-flexible subband.
可选地,新的频域格式指示信息指示非灵活子带的目标传输方向时,若此时非灵活子带已有一种目标传输方向,则非灵活子带的目标传输方向可以基于新的频域格式指示信息进行更新,或者不基于新的频域格式指示信息进行更新,具体是否更新可以由协议预定义或者系统预配置或者网络侧预先指示。Optionally, when the new frequency domain format indication information indicates the target transmission direction of the non-flexible subband, if the non-flexible subband already has a target transmission direction, the target transmission direction of the non-flexible subband can be based on the new frequency. The domain format indication information is updated, or it is not updated based on the new frequency domain format indication information. Specifically, whether to update can be pre-defined by the protocol or pre-configured by the system or pre-indicated by the network side.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息基于高层信令半静态指示或基于MAC CE指示或基于DCI动态指示。Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information is based on high-layer signaling semi-static indication or based on MAC CE indication or based on DCI dynamic indication.
可选地,频域格式指示信息基于高层信令半静态指示或基于MAC CE指示或基于DCI动态指示。Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information is based on high-layer signaling semi-static indication or based on MAC CE indication or based on DCI dynamic indication.
可选地,频域格式指示信息可以是半静态的信令和/或动态信令;若是动态信令,可以是UE-specific or group common DCI。Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information may be semi-static signaling and/or dynamic signaling; if it is dynamic signaling, it may be UE-specific or group common DCI.
可选地,对于承载FFI的信令为动态信令,承载FFI的DCI可以是UE-specific或group common DCI。该DCI的大小可以与一个其他DCI载荷大小相同,例如与SFI载荷大小对齐,例如最大n bits,n可以为128bits。Optionally, the signaling that bears the FFI is dynamic signaling, and the DCI that bears the FFI may be UE-specific or group common DCI. The size of the DCI may be the same as one other DCI payload size, eg, aligned with the SFI payload size, eg, a maximum of n bits, and n may be 128 bits.
可选地,如果一个FFI的DCI与对齐的DCI载荷大小不匹配,可以填充padding bit达到bit对齐。Optionally, if the DCI of an FFI does not match the aligned DCI payload size, padding bits can be padded to achieve bit alignment.
可选地,如果承载FFI的DCI的大小与其他DCI大小相同,网络可以配置一个RNTI用于加扰DCI,例如使用FFI-RNTI加扰。该RNTI用于区分承载FFI的DCI和其他相同payload size的DCI。Optionally, if the size of the DCI carrying the FFI is the same as the size of other DCIs, the network may configure an RNTI for scrambling the DCI, for example, using FFI-RNTI for scrambling. The RNTI is used to distinguish the DCI carrying FFI from other DCIs of the same payload size.
在本申请实施例中,通过网络侧设备指示终端在一个频域资源单元中确定一个或多个子带的目标传输方向,且其中包括可以灵活用于上行传输或下行传输的灵活子带,满足不同业务量要求的系统配置,有益于改进系统频谱利用率并降低时延。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal is instructed by the network side device to determine the target transmission direction of one or more subbands in a frequency domain resource unit, and includes flexible subbands that can be flexibly used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission, satisfying different requirements. The system configuration required by the traffic is beneficial to improve the system spectrum utilization and reduce the delay.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例提供的资源确定方法,执行主体可以为资源确定装置,或者,该资源确定装置中的用于执行资源确定方法的控制模块。本申请实施例中以资源确定装置执行资源确定方法为例,说明本申请实施例提供的资源确定装置。It should be noted that, in the resource determination method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the execution subject may be a resource determination apparatus, or a control module in the resource determination apparatus for executing the resource determination method. In the embodiment of the present application, the resource determining device provided by the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the resource determining device executing the resource determining method as an example.
图19是本申请实施例提供的资源确定装置的结构示意图之一,如图19所示,该装置包括:第一接收模块1910和第一确定模块1920;其中:FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for determining resources provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 19 , the apparatus includes: a first receiving module 1910 and a first determining module 1920; wherein:
第一接收模块1910用于接收网络侧设备发送的频域格式指示信息;The first receiving module 1910 is configured to receive the frequency domain format indication information sent by the network side device;
第一确定模块1920用于基于所述频域格式指示信息,确定一个频域资源单元中至少一个子带对应的目标传输方向;The first determining module 1920 is configured to determine, based on the frequency-domain format indication information, a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit;
其中,所述目标传输方向包括:上行方向,下行方向,或灵活方向;Wherein, the target transmission direction includes: an uplink direction, a downlink direction, or a flexible direction;
所述目标传输方向为灵活方向的灵活子带可用于上行传输或下行传输。The flexible subband whose target transmission direction is the flexible direction may be used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission.
可选地,资源确定装置可以通过第一接收模块1910接收网络侧设备发送的频域格式指示信息;然后可以基于所述频域格式指示信息,通过第一确定模块1920确定一个频域资源单元中至少一个子带对应的目标传输方向;其中,所述目标传输方向包括:上行方向,下行方向,或灵活方向;所述目标传输方向为灵活方向的灵活子带可用于上行传输或下行传输。Optionally, the resource determining apparatus may receive, through the first receiving module 1910, the frequency domain format indication information sent by the network-side device; A target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband; wherein, the target transmission direction includes: an uplink direction, a downlink direction, or a flexible direction; the flexible subband whose target transmission direction is a flexible direction can be used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission.
在本申请实施例中,通过网络侧设备指示终端在一个频域资源单元中确定一个或多个子带的目标传输方向,且其中包括可以灵活用于上行传输或下行传输的灵活子带,满足不同业务量要求的系统配置,有益于改进系统频谱利用率并降低时延。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal is instructed by the network side device to determine the target transmission direction of one or more subbands in a frequency domain resource unit, and includes flexible subbands that can be flexibly used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission, satisfying different requirements. The system configuration required by the traffic is beneficial to improve the system spectrum utilization and reduce the delay.
可选地,所述第一确定模块还用于:Optionally, the first determining module is also used for:
终端基于网络侧设备发送的第一指示信息,确定所述至少一个子带中每一个子带的大小以及所述至少一个子带的数量。The terminal determines the size of each subband in the at least one subband and the number of the at least one subband based on the first indication information sent by the network side device.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息包括:与所述至少一个子带相对应的至少一个第二指示信息;Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information includes: at least one second indication information corresponding to the at least one subband;
其中,所述至少一个子带的目标传输方向由所述第二指示信息基于所述至少一个子带的子带频率由低至高或由高至低指示。Wherein, the target transmission direction of the at least one subband is indicated by the second indication information from low to high or from high to low based on the subband frequency of the at least one subband.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息的大小基于所述至少一个子带的数量确定。Optionally, the size of the frequency domain format indication information is determined based on the number of the at least one subband.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息包括:参考方向指示信息,所述灵活子带的数量和位置。Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information includes: reference direction indication information, the number and position of the flexible subbands.
可选地,所述第一确定模块还用于:Optionally, the first determining module is also used for:
终端基于所述参考方向指示信息,确定所述至少一个子带中的灵活子带,和所述至少一个子带中非灵活子带的目标传输方向,其中,所述非灵活子带为所述至少一个子带中不为灵活子带的子带。The terminal determines, based on the reference direction indication information, a flexible subband in the at least one subband and a target transmission direction of a non-flexible subband in the at least one subband, where the non-flexible subband is the A subband of at least one subband that is not a flexible subband.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息的大小基于所述灵活子带的数量确定。Optionally, the size of the frequency domain format indication information is determined based on the number of the flexible subbands.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息包括:第一索引;所述第一索引用于指示第一频域格式表中的第一目标格式组;其中,第一频域格式表中每一个第一目标格式组包括每一个子带和所述每一个子带对应的目标传输方向;Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information includes: a first index; the first index is used to indicate a first target format group in the first frequency domain format table; wherein, each of the first frequency domain format table The first target format group includes each subband and a target transmission direction corresponding to each subband;
所述第一频域格式表是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示的。The first frequency domain format table is preconfigured or predefined by a protocol or indicated in advance by a network side device.
可选地,所述第一接收模块还用于:Optionally, the first receiving module is also used for:
所述终端接收网络侧设备发送的至少一个频域格式指示信息;The terminal receives at least one frequency domain format indication information sent by the network side device;
其中,一个频域格式指示信息对应指示一个频域资源单元,且不同的所述频域格式指示信息对应指示不同的频域资源单元。One frequency domain format indication information corresponds to one frequency domain resource unit, and different frequency domain format indication information corresponds to different frequency domain resource units.
可选地,一个所述频域格式指示信息对应指示一个终端组,所述终端组包括所述终端。Optionally, one of the frequency domain format indication information corresponds to one terminal group, and the terminal group includes the terminal.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息包括第三索引组;Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information includes a third index group;
所述第三索引组用于指示第三频域格式表中的至少一个第三目标格式组,其中每一个第三目标格式组分别对应指示一个子带;The third index group is used to indicate at least one third target format group in the third frequency-domain format table, wherein each third target format group respectively indicates a subband;
其中,一个第三目标格式组用于指示一个时域资源单元中至少一个符号、子时隙或时隙分别对应的目标传输方向;Wherein, a third target format group is used to indicate the target transmission direction respectively corresponding to at least one symbol, sub-slot or time slot in a time-domain resource unit;
所述第三频域格式表是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示的。The third frequency domain format table is pre-configured or pre-defined by a protocol or pre-indicated by a network side device.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息包括第四索引;Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information includes a fourth index;
所述第四索引用于指示第五频域格式表中的第四目标格式组,其中第四目标格式组包括至少一个第五目标格式组;The fourth index is used to indicate a fourth target format group in the fifth frequency domain format table, wherein the fourth target format group includes at least one fifth target format group;
其中,每一个第五目标格式组分别对应指示一个子带;Wherein, each fifth target format group indicates a subband correspondingly;
一个第五目标格式组用于指示一个时域资源单元中至少一个符号、子时隙或时隙分别对应的目标传输方向;A fifth target format group is used to indicate the target transmission direction respectively corresponding to at least one symbol, sub-slot or time slot in a time-domain resource unit;
所述第五频域格式表是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示的。The fifth frequency domain format table is pre-configured or pre-defined by a protocol or pre-indicated by a network side device.
可选地,第一确定模块还用于:Optionally, the first determining module is also used for:
配置所述频域格式指示信息指示的频域格式在目标时间段生效。Configure the frequency domain format indicated by the frequency domain format indication information to take effect in the target time period.
可选地,所述目标时间段包括:Optionally, the target time period includes:
从所述终端接收所述频域格式指示信息的监控周期至所述终端接收到下一个频域格式指示信息。A monitoring period from when the terminal receives the frequency-domain format indication information to when the terminal receives the next frequency-domain format indication information.
可选地,所述目标时间段是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示的。Optionally, the target time period is pre-configured or predefined by a protocol or pre-indicated by a network side device.
可选地,所述第一确定模块还用于:Optionally, the first determining module is also used for:
基于所述频域格式指示信息指示的第一时间段,确定所述目标时间段。The target time period is determined based on the first time period indicated by the frequency domain format indication information.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息包括第二索引;所述第二索引用于指示第二频域格式表中的第二目标格式组;其中,第二频域格式表中每一个第二目标格式组包括每一个子带和所述每一个子带对应的目标传输方向和所述第二目标格式组的所述目标时间段;所述第二频域格式表是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示的。Optionally, the frequency-domain format indication information includes a second index; the second index is used to indicate a second target format group in the second frequency-domain format table; The two target format groups include each subband and the target transmission direction corresponding to each subband and the target time period of the second target format group; the second frequency domain format table is pre-configured or a protocol Predefined or pre-indicated by the network side device.
可选地,所述目标时间段的起始时刻在承载所述频域格式指示信息的PDCCH的最后一个符号之后。Optionally, the start time of the target time period is after the last symbol of the PDCCH carrying the frequency domain format indication information.
可选地,所述第一接收模块还用于:Optionally, the first receiving module is also used for:
所述终端基于监测周期和监测偏移,监测所述频域格式指示信息;The terminal monitors the frequency domain format indication information based on the monitoring period and the monitoring offset;
其中,所述监测周期和监测偏移是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示的。Wherein, the monitoring period and monitoring offset are pre-configured or predefined by a protocol or pre-indicated by a network side device.
可选地,所述第一接收模块还用于:Optionally, the first receiving module is also used for:
所述终端仅监测所述频域格式指示信息;the terminal only monitors the frequency domain format indication information;
所述终端不监测时域格式指示信息SFI。The terminal does not monitor the time domain format indication information SFI.
可选地,所述第一确定模块还用于以下至少一项:Optionally, the first determining module is also used for at least one of the following:
所述终端基于所述频域格式指示信息确定所述灵活子带的目标传输方向;determining, by the terminal, a target transmission direction of the flexible subband based on the frequency domain format indication information;
所述终端基于时域格式指示信息SFI确定非灵活子带的目标传输方向。The terminal determines the target transmission direction of the non-flexible subband based on the time domain format indication information SFI.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device further includes:
第二接收模块,用于在所述确定一个频域资源单元中至少一个子带对应的目标传输方向之后,接收新的频域格式指示信息;a second receiving module, configured to receive new frequency-domain format indication information after the target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit is determined;
第二确定模块,用于基于所述新的频域格式指示信息,确定所述灵活子带的目标传输方向。A second determining module, configured to determine the target transmission direction of the flexible subband based on the new frequency-domain format indication information.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device further includes:
第三确定模块,用于基于当前传输任务的传输方向需求,确定所述灵活子带的目标传输方向。The third determining module is configured to determine the target transmission direction of the flexible subband based on the transmission direction requirement of the current transmission task.
可选地,所述第一接收模块还用于:Optionally, the first receiving module is also used for:
相邻且目标传输方向相同的所述子带之间未配置保护频带。No guard band is configured between the adjacent subbands with the same target transmission direction.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息基于高层信令半静态指示或基于MAC CE指示或基于DCI动态指示。Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information is based on high-layer signaling semi-static indication or based on MAC CE indication or based on DCI dynamic indication.
在本申请实施例中,通过网络侧设备指示终端在一个频域资源单元中确定一个或多个子带的目标传输方向,且其中包括可以灵活用于上行传输或下行传输的灵活子带,满足不同业务量要求的系统配置,有益于改进系统频谱利用率并降低时延。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal is instructed by the network side device to determine the target transmission direction of one or more subbands in a frequency domain resource unit, and includes flexible subbands that can be flexibly used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission, satisfying different requirements. The system configuration required by the traffic is beneficial to improve the system spectrum utilization and reduce the delay.
本申请实施例中的资源确定装置可以是装置,具有操作系统的装置或电子设备,也可以是终端中的部件、集成电路、或芯片。该装置或电子设备可以是移动终端,也可以为非移动终端。示例性的,移动终端可以包括但不限于上述所列举的终端11的类型,非移动终端可以为服务器、网络附属存储器(Network Attached Storage,NAS)、个人计算机(personal computer,PC)、电视机(television,TV)、柜员机或者自助机等,本申请实施例不作具体限定。The resource determination apparatus in this embodiment of the present application may be an apparatus, an apparatus having an operating system or an electronic device, and may also be a component, an integrated circuit, or a chip in a terminal. The apparatus or electronic device may be a mobile terminal or a non-mobile terminal. Exemplarily, the mobile terminal may include, but is not limited to, the types of terminals 11 listed above, and the non-mobile terminal may be a server, a network attached storage (NAS), a personal computer (personal computer, PC), a television ( television, TV), teller machine, or self-service machine, etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例提供的资源确定装置能够实现图N至图N+x的方法实施例实现的各个过程,并达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The resource determination apparatus provided in the embodiment of the present application can implement each process implemented by the method embodiments in FIG. N to FIG. N+x, and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, details are not described here.
图20是本申请实施例提供的资源确定装置的结构示意图之二,如图20所示,该装置包括:第一发送模块2010;其中:FIG. 20 is a second schematic structural diagram of a resource determination apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 20 , the apparatus includes: a first sending module 2010; wherein:
第一发送模块2010用于发送频域格式指示信息,所述频域格式指示信息用于指示一个频域资源单元中至少一个子带对应的目标传输方向;The first sending module 2010 is configured to send frequency-domain format indication information, where the frequency-domain format indication information is used to indicate a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit;
其中,所述目标传输方向包括:上行方向,下行方向,或灵活方向;Wherein, the target transmission direction includes: an uplink direction, a downlink direction, or a flexible direction;
所述目标传输方向为灵活方向的灵活子带可用于上行传输或下行传输。The flexible subband whose target transmission direction is the flexible direction may be used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission.
可选地,资源确定装置可以通过第一发送模块2010发送频域格式指示信息,所述频域格式指示信息用于指示一个频域资源单元中至少一个子带对应的目标传输方向;其中,所述目标传输方向包括:上行方向,下行方向,或灵活方向;所述目标传输方向为灵活方向的灵活子带可用于上行传输或下行传输。Optionally, the resource determining apparatus may send frequency-domain format indication information through the first sending module 2010, where the frequency-domain format indication information is used to indicate a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit; The target transmission direction includes: an uplink direction, a downlink direction, or a flexible direction; the flexible subband whose target transmission direction is a flexible direction can be used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission.
在本申请实施例中,通过网络侧设备指示终端在一个频域资源单元中确定一个或多个子带的目标传输方向,且其中包括可以灵活用于上行传输或下行传输的灵活子带,满足不同业务量要求的系统配置,有益于改进系统频谱利用率并降低时延。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal is instructed by the network side device to determine the target transmission direction of one or more subbands in a frequency domain resource unit, and includes flexible subbands that can be flexibly used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission, satisfying different requirements. The system configuration required by the traffic is beneficial to improve the system spectrum utilization and reduce the delay.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device further includes:
第二发送模块,用于发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述至少一个子带中每一个子带的大小以及所述至少一个子带的数量。The second sending module is configured to send first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the size of each subband in the at least one subband and the quantity of the at least one subband.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息包括:与所述至少一个子带相对应的至少一个第二指示信息;Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information includes: at least one second indication information corresponding to the at least one subband;
其中,所述至少一个子带的目标传输方向由所述第二指示信息基于所述至少一个子带的子带频率由低至高或由高至低指示。Wherein, the target transmission direction of the at least one subband is indicated by the second indication information from low to high or from high to low based on the subband frequency of the at least one subband.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息的大小基于所述至少一个子带的数量确定。Optionally, the size of the frequency domain format indication information is determined based on the number of the at least one subband.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息包括:参考方向指示信息,所述灵活子带的数量和位置。Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information includes: reference direction indication information, the number and position of the flexible subbands.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息的大小基于所述灵活子带的数量确定。Optionally, the size of the frequency domain format indication information is determined based on the number of the flexible subbands.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息包括:第一索引;所述第一索引用于指示第一频域格式表中的第一目标格式组;其中,第一频域格式表中每一个第一目标格式组包括每一个子带和所述每一个子带对应的目标传输方向;Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information includes: a first index; the first index is used to indicate a first target format group in the first frequency domain format table; wherein, each of the first frequency domain format table The first target format group includes each subband and a target transmission direction corresponding to each subband;
所述第一频域格式表是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示的。The first frequency domain format table is preconfigured or predefined by a protocol or indicated in advance by a network side device.
可选地,所述第一发送模块还用于:Optionally, the first sending module is further configured to:
所述网络侧设备发送至少一个频域格式指示信息;The network side device sends at least one frequency domain format indication information;
其中,一个频域格式指示信息对应指示一个频域资源单元,且不同的所述频域格式指示信息对应指示不同的频域资源单元。One frequency domain format indication information corresponds to one frequency domain resource unit, and different frequency domain format indication information corresponds to different frequency domain resource units.
可选地,一个所述频域格式指示信息对应指示一个终端组,所述终端组包括所述终端。Optionally, one of the frequency domain format indication information corresponds to one terminal group, and the terminal group includes the terminal.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息包括第三索引组;Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information includes a third index group;
所述第三索引组用于指示第三频域格式表中的至少一个第三目标格式组,其中每一个第三目标格式组分别对应指示一个子带;The third index group is used to indicate at least one third target format group in the third frequency-domain format table, wherein each third target format group respectively indicates a subband;
其中,一个第三目标格式组用于指示一个时域资源单元中至少一个符号、子时隙或时隙分别对应的目标传输方向;Wherein, a third target format group is used to indicate the target transmission direction respectively corresponding to at least one symbol, sub-slot or time slot in a time-domain resource unit;
所述第三频域格式表是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示 给终端的。The third frequency domain format table is pre-configured or predefined by a protocol or indicated to the terminal in advance by the network side device.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息包括第四索引;Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information includes a fourth index;
所述第四索引用于指示第五频域格式表中的第四目标格式组,其中第四目标格式组包括至少一个第五目标格式组;The fourth index is used to indicate a fourth target format group in the fifth frequency domain format table, wherein the fourth target format group includes at least one fifth target format group;
其中,每一个第五目标格式组分别对应指示一个子带;Wherein, each fifth target format group indicates a subband correspondingly;
一个第五目标格式组用于指示一个时域资源单元中至少一个符号、子时隙或时隙分别对应的目标传输方向;A fifth target format group is used to indicate the target transmission direction respectively corresponding to at least one symbol, sub-slot or time slot in a time-domain resource unit;
所述第五频域格式表是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示给终端的。The fifth frequency domain format table is pre-configured or predefined by a protocol or indicated to the terminal in advance by the network side device.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息用于指示频域格式生效的目标时间段。Optionally, the frequency-domain format indication information is used to indicate a target time period during which the frequency-domain format takes effect.
可选地,所述目标时间段包括:Optionally, the target time period includes:
从所述终端接收所述频域格式指示信息的监控周期至所述终端接收到下一个频域格式指示信息。A monitoring period from when the terminal receives the frequency-domain format indication information to when the terminal receives the next frequency-domain format indication information.
可选地,所述目标时间段是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示给终端的。Optionally, the target time period is pre-configured or predefined by a protocol or indicated to the terminal in advance by the network side device.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息用于指示第一时间段为所述目标时间段。Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information is used to indicate that the first time period is the target time period.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息包括第二索引;所述第二索引用于指示第二频域格式表中的第二目标格式组;其中,第二频域格式表中每一个第二目标格式组包括每一个子带和所述每一个子带对应的目标传输方向和所述第二目标格式组的所述目标时间段;所述第二频域格式表是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示给终端的。Optionally, the frequency-domain format indication information includes a second index; the second index is used to indicate a second target format group in the second frequency-domain format table; The two target format groups include each subband and the target transmission direction corresponding to each subband and the target time period of the second target format group; the second frequency domain format table is pre-configured or a protocol Predefined or pre-indicated to the terminal by the network side device.
可选地,所述目标时间段的起始时刻在承载所述频域格式指示信息的PDCCH的最后一个符号之后。Optionally, the start time of the target time period is after the last symbol of the PDCCH carrying the frequency domain format indication information.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device further includes:
第三发送模块,用于向终端发送监控指示信息,所述监控指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:The third sending module is configured to send monitoring indication information to the terminal, where the monitoring indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
指示检测频域格式指示信息的监控周期和监控偏移;Indicate the monitoring period and monitoring offset of the detection frequency domain format indication information;
指示终端仅监测所述频域格式指示信息;instructing the terminal to monitor only the frequency domain format indication information;
指示终端不监测时域格式指示信息SFI。Indicates that the terminal does not monitor the time domain format indication information SFI.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device further includes:
第四发送模块,用于在发送所述频域格式指示信息之后,发送新的频域格式指示信息;a fourth sending module, configured to send new frequency-domain format indication information after sending the frequency-domain format indication information;
所述新的频域格式指示信息用于指示所述灵活子带的目标传输方向。The new frequency domain format indication information is used to indicate the target transmission direction of the flexible subband.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息基于高层信令半静态指示或基于MAC CE指示或基于DCI动态指示。Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information is based on high-layer signaling semi-static indication or based on MAC CE indication or based on DCI dynamic indication.
在本申请实施例中,通过网络侧设备指示终端在一个频域资源单元中确定一个或多个子带的目标传输方向,且其中包括可以灵活用于上行传输或下行传输的灵活子带,满足不同业务量要求的系统配置,有益于改进系统频谱利用率并降低时延。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal is instructed by the network side device to determine the target transmission direction of one or more subbands in a frequency domain resource unit, and includes flexible subbands that can be flexibly used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission, satisfying different requirements. The system configuration required by the traffic is beneficial to improve the system spectrum utilization and reduce the delay.
本申请实施例中的资源确定装置可以是装置,具有操作系统的装置或电子设备,也可以是终端中的部件、集成电路、或芯片。该装置或电子设备可以是移动终端,也可以为非移动终端。示例性的,移动终端可以包括但不限于上述所列举的终端11的类型,非移动终端可以为服务器、网络附属存储器(Network Attached Storage,NAS)、个人计算机(personal computer,PC)、电视机(television,TV)、柜员机或者自助机等,本申请实施例不作具体限定。The resource determination apparatus in this embodiment of the present application may be an apparatus, an apparatus having an operating system or an electronic device, and may also be a component, an integrated circuit, or a chip in a terminal. The apparatus or electronic device may be a mobile terminal or a non-mobile terminal. Exemplarily, the mobile terminal may include, but is not limited to, the types of terminals 11 listed above, and the non-mobile terminal may be a server, a network attached storage (NAS), a personal computer (personal computer, PC), a television ( television, TV), teller machine, or self-service machine, etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例提供的资源确定装置能够实现图N至图N+x的方法实施例实现的各个过程,并达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The resource determination apparatus provided in the embodiment of the present application can implement each process implemented by the method embodiments in FIG. N to FIG. N+x, and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, details are not described here.
可选的,图21是本申请实施例提供的通信设备的结构示意图;如图21所示,本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备2100,包括处理器2101,存储器2102,存储在存储器2102上并可在所述处理器2101上运行的程序或指令,例如,该通信设备2100为终端时,该程序或指令被处理器2101执行时实现上述资源确定方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果。该通信设备2100为网络侧设备时,该程序或指令被处理器2101执行时实现上述资源确定方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。Optionally, FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application; as shown in FIG. 21 , an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device 2100 , including a processor 2101 and a memory 2102 , which are stored in the memory 2102 A program or instruction that can be run on the processor 2101, for example, when the communication device 2100 is a terminal, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 2101, each process of the above-mentioned resource determination method embodiment can be achieved, and can achieve the same technical effect. When the communication device 2100 is a network-side device, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 2101, each process of the foregoing resource determination method embodiment can be implemented, and the same technical effect can be achieved. To avoid repetition, details are not described here.
本申请实施例还提供一种终端,包括处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口用于:An embodiment of the present application further provides a terminal, including a processor and a communication interface, where the communication interface is used for:
接收网络侧设备发送的频域格式指示信息,Receive the frequency domain format indication information sent by the network side device,
所述处理器用于:The processor is used to:
基于所述频域格式指示信息,确定一个频域资源单元中至少一个子带对应的目标传输方向;determining, based on the frequency-domain format indication information, a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit;
其中,所述目标传输方向包括:上行方向,下行方向,或灵活方向;Wherein, the target transmission direction includes: an uplink direction, a downlink direction, or a flexible direction;
所述目标传输方向为灵活方向的灵活子带可用于上行传输或下行传输。The flexible subband whose target transmission direction is the flexible direction may be used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission.
该终端实施例是与上述终端侧方法实施例对应的,上述方法实施例的各个实施过程和实现方式均可适用于该终端实施例中,且能达到相同的技术效果。具体地,图22是实现本申请实施例的一种终端的硬件结构示意图。This terminal embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned terminal-side method embodiment, and each implementation process and implementation manner of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to this terminal embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect. Specifically, FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a terminal implementing an embodiment of the present application.
该终端2200包括但不限于:射频单元2201、网络模块2202、音频输出单元2203、输入单元2204、传感器2205、显示单元2206、用户输入单元2207、接口单元2208、存储器2209、以及处理器2210等中的至少部分部件。The terminal 2200 includes but is not limited to: a radio frequency unit 2201, a network module 2202, an audio output unit 2203, an input unit 2204, a sensor 2205, a display unit 2206, a user input unit 2207, an interface unit 2208, a memory 2209, and a processor 2210, etc. at least part of the components.
本领域技术人员可以理解,终端2200还可以包括给各个部件供电的电源(比如电池),电源可以通过电源管理系统与处理器2210逻辑相连,从而通过电源管理系统实现管理充电、放电、以及功耗管理等功能。图22中示出的终端结构并不构成对终端的限定,终端可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can understand that the terminal 2200 may also include a power source (such as a battery) for supplying power to various components, and the power source may be logically connected to the processor 2210 through a power management system, so as to manage charging, discharging, and power consumption through the power management system management and other functions. The terminal structure shown in FIG. 22 does not constitute a limitation on the terminal, and the terminal may include more or less components than shown, or combine some components, or arrange different components, which will not be repeated here.
应理解的是,本申请实施例中,输入单元2204可以包括图形处理器(Graphics Processing Unit,GPU)22041和麦克风22042,图形处理器22041对在视频捕获模式或图像捕获模式中由图像捕获装置(如摄像头)获得的静态图片或视频的图像数据进行处理。显示单元2206可包括显示面板22061, 可以采用液晶显示器、有机发光二极管等形式来配置显示面板22061。用户输入单元2207包括触控面板22071以及其他输入设备22072。触控面板22071,也称为触摸屏。触控面板22071可包括触摸检测装置和触摸控制器两个部分。其他输入设备22072可以包括但不限于物理键盘、功能键(比如音量控制按键、开关按键等)、轨迹球、鼠标、操作杆,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that, in this embodiment of the present application, the input unit 2204 may include a graphics processor (Graphics Processing Unit, GPU) 22041 and a microphone 22042. Such as camera) to obtain still pictures or video image data for processing. The display unit 2206 may include a display panel 22061, which may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display, an organic light emitting diode, or the like. The user input unit 2207 includes a touch panel 22071 and other input devices 22072 . The touch panel 22071 is also called a touch screen. The touch panel 22071 may include two parts, a touch detection device and a touch controller. Other input devices 22072 may include, but are not limited to, physical keyboards, function keys (such as volume control keys, switch keys, etc.), trackballs, mice, and joysticks, which will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例中,射频单元2201将来自网络侧设备的下行数据接收后,给处理器2210处理;另外,将上行的数据发送给网络侧设备。通常,射频单元2201包括但不限于天线、至少一个放大器、收发信机、耦合器、低噪声放大器、双工器等。In the embodiment of the present application, the radio frequency unit 2201 receives the downlink data from the network side device, and then processes it to the processor 2210; in addition, sends the uplink data to the network side device. Generally, the radio frequency unit 2201 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a low noise amplifier, a duplexer, and the like.
存储器2209可用于存储软件程序或指令以及各种数据。存储器2209可主要包括存储程序或指令区和存储数据区,其中,存储程序或指令区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序或指令(比如声音播放功能、图像播放功能等)等。此外,存储器2209可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。例如至少一个磁盘存储器件、闪存器件、或其他非易失性固态存储器件。 Memory 2209 may be used to store software programs or instructions as well as various data. The memory 2209 may mainly include a storage program or instruction area and a storage data area, wherein the stored program or instruction area may store an operating system, an application program or instruction required for at least one function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.) and the like. In addition, the memory 2209 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, wherein the non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), a programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM) , PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. For example at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, or other non-volatile solid state storage device.
处理器2210可包括一个或多个处理单元;可选的,处理器2210可集成应用处理器和调制解调处理器,其中,应用处理器主要处理操作系统、用户界面和应用程序或指令等,调制解调处理器主要处理无线通信,如基带处理器。可以理解的是,上述调制解调处理器也可以不集成到处理器2210中。The processor 2210 may include one or more processing units; optionally, the processor 2210 may integrate an application processor and a modem processor, wherein the application processor mainly processes the operating system, user interface, and application programs or instructions, etc. Modem processors mainly deal with wireless communications, such as baseband processors. It can be understood that, the above-mentioned modulation and demodulation processor may not be integrated into the processor 2210.
其中,处理器2210,用于:接收网络侧设备发送的频域格式指示信息;The processor 2210 is configured to: receive frequency domain format indication information sent by the network side device;
基于所述频域格式指示信息,确定一个频域资源单元中至少一个子带对应的目标传输方向;determining, based on the frequency-domain format indication information, a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit;
其中,所述目标传输方向包括:上行方向,下行方向,或灵活方向;Wherein, the target transmission direction includes: an uplink direction, a downlink direction, or a flexible direction;
所述目标传输方向为灵活方向的灵活子带可用于上行传输或下行传输。The flexible subband whose target transmission direction is the flexible direction may be used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission.
在本申请实施例中,通过网络侧设备指示终端在一个频域资源单元中确定一个或多个子带的目标传输方向,且其中包括可以灵活用于上行传输或下行传输的灵活子带,满足不同业务量要求的系统配置,有益于改进系统频谱利用率并降低时延。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal is instructed by the network side device to determine the target transmission direction of one or more subbands in a frequency domain resource unit, and includes flexible subbands that can be flexibly used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission, satisfying different requirements. The system configuration required by the traffic is beneficial to improve the system spectrum utilization and reduce the delay.
可选地,处理器2210用于:Optionally, processor 2210 is used to:
终端基于网络侧设备发送的第一指示信息,确定所述至少一个子带中每一个子带的大小以及所述至少一个子带的数量。The terminal determines the size of each subband in the at least one subband and the number of the at least one subband based on the first indication information sent by the network side device.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息包括:与所述至少一个子带相对应的至少一个第二指示信息;Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information includes: at least one second indication information corresponding to the at least one subband;
其中,所述至少一个子带的目标传输方向由所述第二指示信息基于所述至少一个子带的子带频率由低至高或由高至低指示。Wherein, the target transmission direction of the at least one subband is indicated by the second indication information from low to high or from high to low based on the subband frequency of the at least one subband.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息的大小基于所述至少一个子带的数量确 定。Optionally, the size of the frequency domain format indication information is determined based on the number of the at least one subband.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息包括:参考方向指示信息,所述灵活子带的数量和位置。Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information includes: reference direction indication information, the number and position of the flexible subbands.
可选地,处理器2210用于:Optionally, processor 2210 is used to:
终端基于所述参考方向指示信息,确定所述至少一个子带中的灵活子带,和所述至少一个子带中非灵活子带的目标传输方向,其中,所述非灵活子带为所述至少一个子带中不为灵活子带的子带。The terminal determines, based on the reference direction indication information, a flexible subband in the at least one subband and a target transmission direction of a non-flexible subband in the at least one subband, where the non-flexible subband is the A subband of at least one subband that is not a flexible subband.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息的大小基于所述灵活子带的数量确定。Optionally, the size of the frequency domain format indication information is determined based on the number of the flexible subbands.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息包括:第一索引;所述第一索引用于指示第一频域格式表中的第一目标格式组;其中,第一频域格式表中每一个第一目标格式组包括每一个子带和所述每一个子带对应的目标传输方向;Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information includes: a first index; the first index is used to indicate a first target format group in the first frequency domain format table; wherein, each of the first frequency domain format table The first target format group includes each subband and a target transmission direction corresponding to each subband;
所述第一频域格式表是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示的。The first frequency domain format table is preconfigured or predefined by a protocol or indicated in advance by a network side device.
可选地,处理器2210用于:Optionally, processor 2210 is used to:
所述终端接收网络侧设备发送的至少一个频域格式指示信息;The terminal receives at least one frequency domain format indication information sent by the network side device;
其中,一个频域格式指示信息对应指示一个频域资源单元,且不同的所述频域格式指示信息对应指示不同的频域资源单元。One frequency domain format indication information corresponds to one frequency domain resource unit, and different frequency domain format indication information corresponds to different frequency domain resource units.
可选地,一个所述频域格式指示信息对应指示一个终端组,所述终端组包括所述终端。Optionally, one of the frequency domain format indication information corresponds to one terminal group, and the terminal group includes the terminal.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息包括第三索引组;Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information includes a third index group;
所述第三索引组用于指示第三频域格式表中的至少一个第三目标格式组,其中每一个第三目标格式组分别对应指示一个子带;The third index group is used to indicate at least one third target format group in the third frequency-domain format table, wherein each third target format group respectively indicates a subband;
其中,一个第三目标格式组用于指示一个时域资源单元中至少一个符号、子时隙或时隙分别对应的目标传输方向;Wherein, a third target format group is used to indicate the target transmission direction respectively corresponding to at least one symbol, sub-slot or time slot in a time-domain resource unit;
所述第三频域格式表是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示的。The third frequency domain format table is pre-configured or pre-defined by a protocol or pre-indicated by a network side device.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息包括第四索引;Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information includes a fourth index;
所述第四索引用于指示第五频域格式表中的第四目标格式组,其中第四目标格式组包括至少一个第五目标格式组;The fourth index is used to indicate a fourth target format group in the fifth frequency domain format table, wherein the fourth target format group includes at least one fifth target format group;
其中,每一个第五目标格式组分别对应指示一个子带;Wherein, each fifth target format group indicates a subband correspondingly;
一个第五目标格式组用于指示一个时域资源单元中至少一个符号、子时隙或时隙分别对应的目标传输方向;A fifth target format group is used to indicate the target transmission direction respectively corresponding to at least one symbol, sub-slot or time slot in a time-domain resource unit;
所述第五频域格式表是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示的。The fifth frequency domain format table is pre-configured or pre-defined by a protocol or pre-indicated by a network side device.
可选地,处理器2210用于:Optionally, processor 2210 is used to:
配置所述频域格式指示信息指示的频域格式在目标时间段生效。Configure the frequency domain format indicated by the frequency domain format indication information to take effect in the target time period.
可选地,所述目标时间段包括:Optionally, the target time period includes:
从所述终端接收所述频域格式指示信息的监控周期至所述终端接收到下一个频域格式指示信息。A monitoring period from when the terminal receives the frequency-domain format indication information to when the terminal receives the next frequency-domain format indication information.
可选地,处理器2210用于:Optionally, processor 2210 is used to:
基于所述频域格式指示信息指示的第一时间段,确定所述目标时间段。The target time period is determined based on the first time period indicated by the frequency domain format indication information.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息包括第二索引;所述第二索引用于指示第二频域格式表中的第二目标格式组;其中,第二频域格式表中每一个第二目标格式组包括每一个子带和所述每一个子带对应的目标传输方向和所述第二目标格式组的所述目标时间段;所述第二频域格式表是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示的。Optionally, the frequency-domain format indication information includes a second index; the second index is used to indicate a second target format group in the second frequency-domain format table; The two target format groups include each subband and the target transmission direction corresponding to each subband and the target time period of the second target format group; the second frequency domain format table is pre-configured or a protocol Predefined or pre-indicated by the network side device.
可选地,所述目标时间段的起始时刻在承载所述频域格式指示信息的PDCCH的最后一个符号之后。Optionally, the start time of the target time period is after the last symbol of the PDCCH carrying the frequency domain format indication information.
可选地,处理器2210用于:Optionally, processor 2210 is used to:
所述终端基于监测周期和监测偏移,监测所述频域格式指示信息;The terminal monitors the frequency domain format indication information based on the monitoring period and the monitoring offset;
其中,所述监测周期和监测偏移是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示的。Wherein, the monitoring period and monitoring offset are pre-configured or predefined by a protocol or pre-indicated by a network side device.
可选地,处理器2210用于:Optionally, processor 2210 is used to:
所述终端仅监测所述频域格式指示信息;the terminal only monitors the frequency domain format indication information;
所述终端不监测时域格式指示信息SFI。The terminal does not monitor the time domain format indication information SFI.
可选地,处理器2210用于以下至少一项:Optionally, the processor 2210 is used for at least one of the following:
所述终端基于所述频域格式指示信息确定所述灵活子带的目标传输方向;determining, by the terminal, a target transmission direction of the flexible subband based on the frequency domain format indication information;
所述终端基于时域格式指示信息SFI确定非灵活子带的目标传输方向。The terminal determines the target transmission direction of the non-flexible subband based on the time domain format indication information SFI.
可选地,处理器2210用于:Optionally, processor 2210 is used to:
在所述确定一个频域资源单元中至少一个子带对应的目标传输方向之后,所述终端接收新的频域格式指示信息;After determining the target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in one frequency domain resource unit, the terminal receives new frequency domain format indication information;
所述终端基于所述新的频域格式指示信息,确定所述灵活子带的目标传输方向。The terminal determines the target transmission direction of the flexible subband based on the new frequency domain format indication information.
可选地,处理器2210用于:Optionally, processor 2210 is used to:
所述终端基于当前传输任务的传输方向需求,确定所述灵活子带的目标传输方向。The terminal determines the target transmission direction of the flexible subband based on the transmission direction requirement of the current transmission task.
可选地,相邻且目标传输方向相同的所述子带之间未配置保护频带。Optionally, no guard band is configured between the adjacent subbands with the same target transmission direction.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息基于高层信令半静态指示或基于MAC CE指示或基于DCI动态指示。Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information is based on high-layer signaling semi-static indication or based on MAC CE indication or based on DCI dynamic indication.
在本申请实施例中,通过网络侧设备指示终端在一个频域资源单元中确定一个或多个子带的目标传输方向,且其中包括可以灵活用于上行传输或下行传输的灵活子带,满足不同业务量要求的系统配置,有益于改进系统频谱利用率并降低时延。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal is instructed by the network side device to determine the target transmission direction of one or more subbands in a frequency domain resource unit, and includes flexible subbands that can be flexibly used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission, satisfying different requirements. The system configuration required by the traffic is beneficial to improve the system spectrum utilization and reduce the delay.
本申请实施例还提供一种网络侧设备,包括处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口用于:An embodiment of the present application further provides a network-side device, including a processor and a communication interface, where the communication interface is used for:
发送频域格式指示信息,所述频域格式指示信息用于指示一个频域资源单元中至少一个子带对应的目标传输方向;sending frequency-domain format indication information, where the frequency-domain format indication information is used to indicate a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit;
其中,所述目标传输方向包括:上行方向,下行方向,或灵活方向;Wherein, the target transmission direction includes: an uplink direction, a downlink direction, or a flexible direction;
所述目标传输方向为灵活方向的灵活子带可用于上行传输或下行传输。该网络侧设备实施例是与上述网络侧设备方法实施例对应的,上述方法实施例的各个实施过程和实现方式均可适用于该网络侧设备实施例中,且能达到相同的技术效果。The flexible subband whose target transmission direction is the flexible direction may be used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission. This network-side device embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned network-side device method embodiment, and each implementation process and implementation manner of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to this network-side device embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect.
具体地,本申请实施例还提供了一种网络侧设备。图23是实现本申请实施例的一种网络侧设备的硬件结构示意图,如图23所示,该网络设备2300包括:天线2301、射频装置2302、基带装置2303。天线2301与射频装置2302连接。在上行方向上,射频装置2302通过天线2301接收信息,将接收的信息发送给基带装置2303进行处理。在下行方向上,基带装置2303对要发送的信息进行处理,并发送给射频装置2302,射频装置2302对收到的信息进行处理后经过天线2301发送出去。Specifically, an embodiment of the present application further provides a network side device. FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a network side device implementing an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 23 , the network device 2300 includes: an antenna 2301 , a radio frequency device 2302 , and a baseband device 2303 . The antenna 2301 is connected to the radio frequency device 2302 . In the uplink direction, the radio frequency device 2302 receives information through the antenna 2301, and sends the received information to the baseband device 2303 for processing. In the downlink direction, the baseband device 2303 processes the information to be sent and sends it to the radio frequency device 2302 , and the radio frequency device 2302 processes the received information and sends it out through the antenna 2301 .
上述频带处理装置可以位于基带装置2303中,以上实施例中网络侧设备执行的方法可以在基带装置2303中实现,该基带装置2303包括处理器2304和存储器2305。The above-mentioned frequency band processing apparatus may be located in the baseband apparatus 2303 , and the method performed by the network side device in the above embodiments may be implemented in the baseband apparatus 2303 , and the baseband apparatus 2303 includes a processor 2304 and a memory 2305 .
基带装置2303例如可以包括至少一个基带板,该基带板上设置有多个芯片,如图23所示,其中一个芯片例如为处理器2304,与存储器2305连接,以调用存储器2305中的程序,执行以上方法实施例中所示的网络设备操作。The baseband device 2303 may include, for example, at least one baseband board on which multiple chips are arranged, as shown in FIG. 23 , one of the chips is, for example, the processor 2304, which is connected to the memory 2305 to call the program in the memory 2305 to execute The network devices shown in the above method embodiments operate.
该基带装置2303还可以包括网络接口2306,用于与射频装置2302交互信息,该接口例如为通用公共无线接口(common public radio interface,简称CPRI)。The baseband device 2303 may further include a network interface 2306 for exchanging information with the radio frequency device 2302, the interface being, for example, a common public radio interface (CPRI for short).
具体地,本发明实施例的网络侧设备还包括:存储在存储器2305上并可在处理器2304上运行的指令或程序,处理器2304调用存储器2305中的指令或程序执行图20所示各模块执行的方法,并达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,故不在此赘述。Specifically, the network-side device in this embodiment of the present invention further includes: instructions or programs that are stored in the memory 2305 and run on the processor 2304, and the processor 2304 invokes the instructions or programs in the memory 2305 to execute the modules shown in FIG. 20 . The implementation method and achieve the same technical effect, in order to avoid repetition, it is not repeated here.
其中,处理器2304用于;Wherein, the processor 2304 is used for;
网络侧设备发送频域格式指示信息,所述频域格式指示信息用于指示一个频域资源单元中至少一个子带对应的目标传输方向;The network side device sends frequency-domain format indication information, where the frequency-domain format indication information is used to indicate a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit;
其中,所述目标传输方向包括:上行方向,下行方向,或灵活方向;Wherein, the target transmission direction includes: an uplink direction, a downlink direction, or a flexible direction;
所述目标传输方向为灵活方向的灵活子带可用于上行传输或下行传输。The flexible subband whose target transmission direction is the flexible direction may be used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission.
在本申请实施例中,通过网络侧设备指示终端在一个频域资源单元中确定一个或多个子带的目标传输方向,且其中包括可以灵活用于上行传输或下行传输的灵活子带,满足不同业务量要求的系统配置,有益于改进系统频谱利用率并降低时延。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal is instructed by the network side device to determine the target transmission direction of one or more subbands in a frequency domain resource unit, and includes flexible subbands that can be flexibly used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission, satisfying different requirements. The system configuration required by the traffic is beneficial to improve the system spectrum utilization and reduce the delay.
可选地,处理器2304用于;Optionally, the processor 2304 is used to;
网络侧设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述至少一个子带中每一个子带的大小以及所述至少一个子带的数量。The network side device sends first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the size of each subband in the at least one subband and the number of the at least one subband.
可选地:与所述至少一个子带相对应的至少一个第二指示信息;Optionally: at least one second indication information corresponding to the at least one subband;
其中,所述至少一个子带的目标传输方向由所述第二指示信息基于所述至少一个子带的子带频率由低至高或由高至低指示。Wherein, the target transmission direction of the at least one subband is indicated by the second indication information from low to high or from high to low based on the subband frequency of the at least one subband.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息的大小基于所述至少一个子带的数量确定。Optionally, the size of the frequency domain format indication information is determined based on the number of the at least one subband.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息包括:参考方向指示信息,所述灵活子带的数量和位置。Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information includes: reference direction indication information, the number and position of the flexible subbands.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息的大小基于所述灵活子带的数量确定。Optionally, the size of the frequency domain format indication information is determined based on the number of the flexible subbands.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息包括:第一索引;所述第一索引用于指示第一频域格式表中的第一目标格式组;其中,第一频域格式表中每一个第一目标格式组包括每一个子带和所述每一个子带对应的目标传输方向;Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information includes: a first index; the first index is used to indicate a first target format group in the first frequency domain format table; wherein, each of the first frequency domain format table The first target format group includes each subband and a target transmission direction corresponding to each subband;
所述第一频域格式表是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示的。The first frequency domain format table is preconfigured or predefined by a protocol or indicated in advance by a network side device.
可选地,处理器2304用于;Optionally, the processor 2304 is used to;
所述网络侧设备发送至少一个频域格式指示信息;The network side device sends at least one frequency domain format indication information;
其中,一个频域格式指示信息对应指示一个频域资源单元,且不同的所述频域格式指示信息对应指示不同的频域资源单元。One frequency domain format indication information corresponds to one frequency domain resource unit, and different frequency domain format indication information corresponds to different frequency domain resource units.
可选地,一个所述频域格式指示信息对应指示一个终端组,所述终端组包括所述终端。Optionally, one of the frequency domain format indication information corresponds to one terminal group, and the terminal group includes the terminal.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息包括第三索引组;Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information includes a third index group;
所述第三索引组用于指示第三频域格式表中的至少一个第三目标格式组,其中每一个第三目标格式组分别对应指示一个子带;The third index group is used to indicate at least one third target format group in the third frequency-domain format table, wherein each third target format group respectively indicates a subband;
其中,一个第三目标格式组用于指示一个时域资源单元中至少一个子时隙分别对应的目标传输方向;Wherein, a third target format group is used to indicate a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one sub-slot in a time-domain resource unit;
所述第三频域格式表是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示给终端的。The third frequency domain format table is pre-configured or predefined by a protocol or indicated to the terminal in advance by the network side device.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息包括第四索引;Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information includes a fourth index;
所述第四索引用于指示第五频域格式表中的第四目标格式组,其中第四目标格式组包括至少一个第五目标格式组;The fourth index is used to indicate a fourth target format group in the fifth frequency domain format table, wherein the fourth target format group includes at least one fifth target format group;
其中,每一个第五目标格式组分别对应指示一个子带;Wherein, each fifth target format group indicates a subband correspondingly;
一个第五目标格式组用于指示一个时域资源单元中至少一个子时隙分别对应的目标传输方向;A fifth target format group is used to indicate a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one sub-slot in a time-domain resource unit;
所述第五频域格式表是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示给终端的。The fifth frequency domain format table is pre-configured or predefined by a protocol or indicated to the terminal in advance by the network side device.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息用于指示频域格式生效的目标时间段。Optionally, the frequency-domain format indication information is used to indicate a target time period during which the frequency-domain format takes effect.
可选地,所述目标时间段包括:Optionally, the target time period includes:
从所述终端接收所述频域格式指示信息的监控周期至所述终端接收到下一个频域格式指示信息。A monitoring period from when the terminal receives the frequency-domain format indication information to when the terminal receives the next frequency-domain format indication information.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息用于指示第一时间段为所述目标时间段。Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information is used to indicate that the first time period is the target time period.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息包括第二索引;所述第二索引用于指示第二频域格式表中的第二目标格式组;其中,第二频域格式表中每一个第二目标格式组包括每一个子带和所述每一个子带对应的目标传输方向和所述第 二目标格式组的所述目标时间段;所述第二频域格式表是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示给终端的。Optionally, the frequency-domain format indication information includes a second index; the second index is used to indicate a second target format group in the second frequency-domain format table; The two target format groups include each subband and the target transmission direction corresponding to each subband and the target time period of the second target format group; the second frequency domain format table is pre-configured or a protocol Predefined or pre-indicated to the terminal by the network side device.
可选地,所述目标时间段的起始时刻在承载所述频域格式指示信息的PDCCH的最后一个符号之后。Optionally, the start time of the target time period is after the last symbol of the PDCCH carrying the frequency domain format indication information.
可选地,处理器2304用于;Optionally, the processor 2304 is used to;
向终端发送监控指示信息,所述监控指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:Send monitoring indication information to the terminal, where the monitoring indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
指示检测频域格式指示信息的监控周期和监控偏移;Indicate the monitoring period and monitoring offset of the detection frequency domain format indication information;
指示终端仅监测所述频域格式指示信息;instructing the terminal to monitor only the frequency domain format indication information;
指示终端不监测时域格式指示信息SFI。Indicates that the terminal does not monitor the time domain format indication information SFI.
可选地,处理器2304用于;Optionally, the processor 2304 is used to;
在发送所述频域格式指示信息之后,发送新的频域格式指示信息;After sending the frequency domain format indication information, send new frequency domain format indication information;
所述新的频域格式指示信息用于指示所述灵活子带的目标传输方向。The new frequency domain format indication information is used to indicate the target transmission direction of the flexible subband.
可选地,所述频域格式指示信息基于高层信令半静态指示或基于MAC CE指示或基于DCI动态指示。Optionally, the frequency domain format indication information is based on high-layer signaling semi-static indication or based on MAC CE indication or based on DCI dynamic indication.
本申请实施例还提供一种可读存储介质,所述可读存储介质上存储有程序或指令,该程序或指令被处理器执行时实现上述资源确定方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。Embodiments of the present application further provide a readable storage medium, where a program or an instruction is stored on the readable storage medium. When the program or instruction is executed by a processor, each process of the foregoing resource determination method embodiment can be implemented, and the same can be achieved. In order to avoid repetition, the technical effect will not be repeated here.
其中,所述处理器为上述实施例中所述的终端中的处理器。所述可读存储介质,包括计算机可读存储介质,如计算机只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等。Wherein, the processor is the processor in the terminal described in the foregoing embodiment. The readable storage medium includes a computer-readable storage medium, such as a computer read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), a random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), a magnetic disk or an optical disk, and the like.
本申请实施例另提供了一种芯片,所述芯片包括处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合,所述处理器用于运行程序或指令,实现上述资源确定方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。An embodiment of the present application further provides a chip, where the chip includes a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is configured to run a program or an instruction to implement the above resource determination method embodiment. Each process can achieve the same technical effect. In order to avoid repetition, it will not be repeated here.
应理解,本申请实施例提到的芯片还可以称为系统级芯片,系统芯片,芯片系统或片上系统芯片等。It should be understood that the chip mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as a system-on-chip, a system-on-chip, a system-on-chip, or a system-on-a-chip, or the like.
需要说明的是,在本文中,术语“包括”、“包含”或者其任何其他变体意在涵盖非排他性的包含,从而使得包括一系列要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置不仅包括那些要素,而且还包括没有明确列出的其他要素,或者是还包括为这种过程、方法、物品或者装置所固有的要素。在没有更多限制的情况下,由语句“包括一个……”限定的要素,并不排除在包括该要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置中还存在另外的相同要素。此外,需要指出的是,本申请实施方式中的方法和装置的范围不限按示出或讨论的顺序来执行功能,还可包括根据所涉及的功能按基本同时的方式或按相反的顺序来执行功能,例如,可以按不同于所描述的次序来执行所描述的方法,并且还可以添加、省去、或组合各种步骤。另外,参照某些示例所描述的特征可在其他示例中被组合。It should be noted that, herein, the terms "comprising", "comprising" or any other variation thereof are intended to encompass non-exclusive inclusion, such that a process, method, article or device comprising a series of elements includes not only those elements, It also includes other elements not expressly listed or inherent to such a process, method, article or apparatus. Without further limitation, an element qualified by the phrase "comprising a..." does not preclude the presence of additional identical elements in a process, method, article or apparatus that includes the element. Furthermore, it should be noted that the scope of the methods and apparatus in the embodiments of the present application is not limited to performing the functions in the order shown or discussed, but may also include performing the functions in a substantially simultaneous manner or in the reverse order depending on the functions involved. To perform functions, for example, the described methods may be performed in an order different from that described, and various steps may also be added, omitted, or combined. Additionally, features described with reference to some examples may be combined in other examples.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,本领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到上述实施例方法可借助软件加必需的通用硬件平台的方式来实现,当然也可以通 过硬件,但很多情况下前者是更佳的实施方式。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分可以以计算机软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质(如ROM/RAM、磁碟、光盘)中,包括若干指令用以使得一台终端(可以是手机,计算机,服务器,空调器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述的方法。From the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that the method of the above embodiment can be implemented by means of software plus a necessary general hardware platform, and of course can also be implemented by hardware, but in many cases the former is better implementation. Based on this understanding, the technical solutions of the present application can be embodied in the form of computer software products that are essentially or contribute to the prior art, and the computer software products are stored in a storage medium (such as ROM/RAM, magnetic disk , CD-ROM), including several instructions to make a terminal (which may be a mobile phone, a computer, a server, an air conditioner, or a network device, etc.) execute the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
上面结合附图对本申请的实施例进行了描述,但是本申请并不局限于上述的具体实施方式,上述的具体实施方式仅仅是示意性的,而不是限制性的,本领域的普通技术人员在本申请的启示下,在不脱离本申请宗旨和权利要求所保护的范围情况下,还可做出很多形式,均属于本申请的保护之内。The embodiments of the present application have been described above in conjunction with the accompanying drawings, but the present application is not limited to the above-mentioned specific embodiments, which are merely illustrative rather than restrictive. Under the inspiration of this application, without departing from the scope of protection of the purpose of this application and the claims, many forms can be made, which all fall within the protection of this application.

Claims (48)

  1. 一种资源确定方法,包括:A resource determination method comprising:
    终端接收网络侧设备发送的频域格式指示信息;The terminal receives the frequency domain format indication information sent by the network side device;
    终端基于所述频域格式指示信息,确定一个频域资源单元中至少一个子带对应的目标传输方向;The terminal determines, based on the frequency-domain format indication information, a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit;
    其中,所述目标传输方向包括:上行方向,下行方向,或灵活方向;Wherein, the target transmission direction includes: an uplink direction, a downlink direction, or a flexible direction;
    所述目标传输方向为灵活方向的灵活子带可用于上行传输或下行传输。The flexible subband whose target transmission direction is the flexible direction may be used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的资源确定方法,其中,所述终端基于所述频域格式指示信息,确定一个频域资源单元中至少一个子带分别对应的目标传输方向,包括:The resource determination method according to claim 1, wherein the terminal determines, based on the frequency-domain format indication information, a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit, comprising:
    终端基于网络侧设备发送的第一指示信息,确定所述至少一个子带中每一个子带的大小以及所述至少一个子带的数量。The terminal determines the size of each subband in the at least one subband and the number of the at least one subband based on the first indication information sent by the network side device.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的资源确定方法,其中,所述频域格式指示信息包括:与所述至少一个子带相对应的至少一个第二指示信息;The resource determination method according to claim 1, wherein the frequency domain format indication information comprises: at least one second indication information corresponding to the at least one subband;
    其中,所述至少一个子带的目标传输方向由所述第二指示信息基于所述至少一个子带的子带频率由低至高或由高至低指示。Wherein, the target transmission direction of the at least one subband is indicated by the second indication information from low to high or from high to low based on the subband frequency of the at least one subband.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的资源确定方法,其中,所述频域格式指示信息的大小基于所述至少一个子带的数量确定。The resource determination method according to claim 3, wherein the size of the frequency domain format indication information is determined based on the number of the at least one subband.
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的资源确定方法,其中,所述频域格式指示信息包括:参考方向指示信息,所述灵活子带的数量和位置。The resource determination method according to claim 1, wherein the frequency domain format indication information comprises: reference direction indication information, the number and position of the flexible subbands.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的资源确定方法,其中,所述终端基于所述频域格式指示信息,确定一个频域资源单元中至少一个子带分别对应的目标传输方向,包括:The resource determination method according to claim 5, wherein the terminal determines, based on the frequency-domain format indication information, a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit, comprising:
    终端基于所述参考方向指示信息,确定所述至少一个子带中的灵活 子带,和所述至少一个子带中非灵活子带的目标传输方向,其中,所述非灵活子带为所述至少一个子带中不为灵活子带的子带。The terminal determines, based on the reference direction indication information, a flexible subband in the at least one subband and a target transmission direction of a non-flexible subband in the at least one subband, where the non-flexible subband is the A subband of at least one subband that is not a flexible subband.
  7. 根据权利要求5所述的资源确定方法,其中,所述频域格式指示信息的大小基于所述灵活子带的数量确定。The resource determination method according to claim 5, wherein the size of the frequency domain format indication information is determined based on the number of the flexible subbands.
  8. 根据权利要求1所述的资源确定方法,其中,所述频域格式指示信息包括:第一索引;所述第一索引用于指示第一频域格式表中的第一目标格式组;其中,第一频域格式表中每一个第一目标格式组包括每一个子带和所述每一个子带对应的目标传输方向;The resource determination method according to claim 1, wherein the frequency domain format indication information comprises: a first index; the first index is used to indicate a first target format group in the first frequency domain format table; wherein, Each first target format group in the first frequency domain format table includes each subband and a target transmission direction corresponding to each subband;
    所述第一频域格式表是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示的。The first frequency domain format table is preconfigured or predefined by a protocol or indicated in advance by a network side device.
  9. 根据权利要求1所述的资源确定方法,其中,所述终端接收网络侧设备发送的频域格式指示信息包括:The resource determination method according to claim 1, wherein the terminal receiving the frequency domain format indication information sent by the network side device comprises:
    所述终端接收网络侧设备发送的至少一个频域格式指示信息;The terminal receives at least one frequency domain format indication information sent by the network side device;
    其中,一个频域格式指示信息对应指示一个频域资源单元,且不同的所述频域格式指示信息对应指示不同的频域资源单元。One frequency domain format indication information corresponds to one frequency domain resource unit, and different frequency domain format indication information corresponds to different frequency domain resource units.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的资源确定方法,其中,一个所述频域格式指示信息对应指示一个终端组,所述终端组包括所述终端。The resource determination method according to claim 9, wherein one of the frequency-domain format indication information corresponds to one terminal group, and the terminal group includes the terminal.
  11. 根据权利要求1所述的资源确定方法,其中,所述频域格式指示信息包括第三索引组;The resource determination method according to claim 1, wherein the frequency domain format indication information comprises a third index group;
    所述第三索引组用于指示第三频域格式表中的至少一个第三目标格式组,其中每一个第三目标格式组分别对应指示一个子带;The third index group is used to indicate at least one third target format group in the third frequency-domain format table, wherein each third target format group respectively indicates a subband;
    其中,一个第三目标格式组用于指示一个时域资源单元中至少一个符号、子时隙或时隙分别对应的目标传输方向;Wherein, a third target format group is used to indicate the target transmission direction respectively corresponding to at least one symbol, sub-slot or time slot in a time-domain resource unit;
    所述第三频域格式表是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示的。The third frequency domain format table is pre-configured or pre-defined by a protocol or pre-indicated by a network side device.
  12. 根据权利要求1所述的资源确定方法,其中,所述频域格式指示信息包括第四索引;The resource determination method according to claim 1, wherein the frequency domain format indication information includes a fourth index;
    所述第四索引用于指示第五频域格式表中的第四目标格式组,其中第四目标格式组包括至少一个第五目标格式组;The fourth index is used to indicate a fourth target format group in the fifth frequency domain format table, wherein the fourth target format group includes at least one fifth target format group;
    其中,每一个第五目标格式组分别对应指示一个子带;Wherein, each fifth target format group indicates a subband correspondingly;
    一个第五目标格式组用于指示一个时域资源单元中至少一个符号、子时隙或时隙分别对应的目标传输方向;A fifth target format group is used to indicate the target transmission direction respectively corresponding to at least one symbol, sub-slot or time slot in a time-domain resource unit;
    所述第五频域格式表是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示的。The fifth frequency domain format table is pre-configured or pre-defined by a protocol or pre-indicated by a network side device.
  13. 根据权利要求1-12任一项所述的资源确定方法,其中,所述终端基于所述频域格式指示信息,确定一个频域资源单元中至少一个子带对应的目标传输方向,包括:The resource determination method according to any one of claims 1-12, wherein the terminal determines, based on the frequency-domain format indication information, a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit, comprising:
    配置所述频域格式指示信息指示的频域格式在目标时间段生效。Configure the frequency domain format indicated by the frequency domain format indication information to take effect in the target time period.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的资源确定方法,其中,所述目标时间段包括:The resource determination method according to claim 13, wherein the target time period comprises:
    从所述终端接收所述频域格式指示信息的监控周期至所述终端接收到下一个频域格式指示信息。A monitoring period from when the terminal receives the frequency-domain format indication information to when the terminal receives the next frequency-domain format indication information.
  15. 根据权利要求13所述的资源确定方法,其中,所述终端基于所述频域格式指示信息,确定一个频域资源单元中至少一个子带对应的目标传输方向,包括:The resource determination method according to claim 13, wherein the terminal determines, based on the frequency-domain format indication information, a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit, comprising:
    基于所述频域格式指示信息指示的第一时间段,确定所述目标时间段。The target time period is determined based on the first time period indicated by the frequency domain format indication information.
  16. 根据权利要求13所述的资源确定方法,其中,所述频域格式指示信息包括第二索引;所述第二索引用于指示第二频域格式表中的第二目标格式组;其中,第二频域格式表中每一个第二目标格式组包括每一个子带和所述每一个子带对应的目标传输方向和所述第二目标格式组的所述目标时间段;所述第二频域格式表是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示的。The resource determination method according to claim 13, wherein the frequency-domain format indication information includes a second index; the second index is used to indicate a second target format group in the second frequency-domain format table; wherein the first Each second target format group in the two-frequency-domain format table includes each subband, a target transmission direction corresponding to each subband, and the target time period of the second target format group; the second frequency The domain format table is pre-configured or pre-defined by the protocol or pre-indicated by the network side device.
  17. 根据权利要求14-16任一项所述的资源确定方法,其中,所述目 标时间段的起始时刻在承载所述频域格式指示信息的物理下行控制信道PDCCH的最后一个符号之后。The resource determination method according to any one of claims 14-16, wherein the start time of the target time period is after the last symbol of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH carrying the frequency domain format indication information.
  18. 根据权利要求1-12任一项所述的资源确定方法,其中,所述终端接收网络侧设备发送的频域格式指示信息,包括:The resource determination method according to any one of claims 1-12, wherein the terminal receives frequency domain format indication information sent by a network side device, comprising:
    所述终端基于监测周期和监测偏移,监测所述频域格式指示信息;The terminal monitors the frequency domain format indication information based on the monitoring period and the monitoring offset;
    其中,所述监测周期和监测偏移是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示的。Wherein, the monitoring period and monitoring offset are pre-configured or predefined by a protocol or pre-indicated by a network side device.
  19. 根据权利要求1-12任一项所述的资源确定方法,其中,所述终端接收网络侧设备发送的频域格式指示信息,包括:The resource determination method according to any one of claims 1-12, wherein the terminal receives frequency domain format indication information sent by a network side device, comprising:
    所述终端仅监测所述频域格式指示信息;the terminal only monitors the frequency domain format indication information;
    所述终端不监测时域格式指示信息SFI。The terminal does not monitor the time domain format indication information SFI.
  20. 根据权利要求1-12任一项所述的资源确定方法,其中,所述终端基于所述频域格式指示信息,确定一个频域资源单元中至少一个子带对应的目标传输方向,包括以下至少一项:The resource determination method according to any one of claims 1-12, wherein the terminal determines, based on the frequency-domain format indication information, a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit, including at least the following: One:
    所述终端基于所述频域格式指示信息确定所述灵活子带的目标传输方向;determining, by the terminal, a target transmission direction of the flexible subband based on the frequency domain format indication information;
    所述终端基于时域格式指示信息SFI确定非灵活子带的目标传输方向。The terminal determines the target transmission direction of the non-flexible subband based on the time domain format indication information SFI.
  21. 根据权利要求1-12任一项所述的资源确定方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The resource determination method according to any one of claims 1-12, wherein the method further comprises:
    在所述确定一个频域资源单元中至少一个子带对应的目标传输方向之后,所述终端接收新的频域格式指示信息;After determining the target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in one frequency domain resource unit, the terminal receives new frequency domain format indication information;
    所述终端基于所述新的频域格式指示信息,确定所述灵活子带的目标传输方向。The terminal determines the target transmission direction of the flexible subband based on the new frequency domain format indication information.
  22. 根据权利要求1-12任一项所述的资源确定方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The resource determination method according to any one of claims 1-12, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端基于当前传输任务的传输方向需求,确定所述灵活子带的 目标传输方向。The terminal determines the target transmission direction of the flexible subband based on the transmission direction requirement of the current transmission task.
  23. 根据权利要求1-12任一项所述的资源确定方法,其中:The resource determination method according to any one of claims 1-12, wherein:
    相邻且目标传输方向相同的所述子带之间未配置保护频带。No guard band is configured between the adjacent subbands with the same target transmission direction.
  24. 根据权利要求1-12任一项所述的资源确定方法,其中,所述频域格式指示信息基于高层信令半静态指示或基于媒体介入控制层控制信息MAC CE指示或基于下行控制信息DCI动态指示。The resource determination method according to any one of claims 1-12, wherein the frequency domain format indication information is based on high-layer signaling semi-static indication or based on media intervention control layer control information MAC CE indication or based on downlink control information DCI dynamic instruct.
  25. 一种资源确定方法,包括:A resource determination method comprising:
    网络侧设备发送频域格式指示信息,所述频域格式指示信息用于指示一个频域资源单元中至少一个子带对应的目标传输方向;The network side device sends frequency-domain format indication information, where the frequency-domain format indication information is used to indicate a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit;
    其中,所述目标传输方向包括:上行方向,下行方向,或灵活方向;Wherein, the target transmission direction includes: an uplink direction, a downlink direction, or a flexible direction;
    所述目标传输方向为灵活方向的灵活子带可用于上行传输或下行传输。The flexible subband whose target transmission direction is the flexible direction may be used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的资源确定方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The resource determination method according to claim 25, wherein the method further comprises:
    网络侧设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述至少一个子带中每一个子带的大小以及所述至少一个子带的数量。The network side device sends first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the size of each subband in the at least one subband and the number of the at least one subband.
  27. 根据权利要求25所述的资源确定方法,其中,所述频域格式指示信息包括:与所述至少一个子带相对应的至少一个第二指示信息;The resource determination method according to claim 25, wherein the frequency domain format indication information comprises: at least one second indication information corresponding to the at least one subband;
    其中,所述至少一个子带的目标传输方向由所述第二指示信息基于所述至少一个子带的子带频率由低至高或由高至低指示。Wherein, the target transmission direction of the at least one subband is indicated by the second indication information from low to high or from high to low based on the subband frequency of the at least one subband.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的资源确定方法,其中,所述频域格式指示信息的大小基于所述至少一个子带的数量确定。The resource determination method according to claim 27, wherein the size of the frequency domain format indication information is determined based on the number of the at least one subband.
  29. 根据权利要求25所述的资源确定方法,其中,所述频域格式指示信息包括:参考方向指示信息,所述灵活子带的数量和位置。The resource determination method according to claim 25, wherein the frequency domain format indication information comprises: reference direction indication information, the number and position of the flexible subbands.
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的资源确定方法,其中,所述频域格式指示信息的大小基于所述灵活子带的数量确定。The resource determination method according to claim 29, wherein the size of the frequency domain format indication information is determined based on the number of the flexible subbands.
  31. 根据权利要求25所述的资源确定方法,其中,所述频域格式指示信息包括:第一索引;所述第一索引用于指示第一频域格式表中的第一目标格式组;其中,第一频域格式表中每一个第一目标格式组包括每一个子带和所述每一个子带对应的目标传输方向;The resource determination method according to claim 25, wherein the frequency domain format indication information comprises: a first index; the first index is used to indicate a first target format group in the first frequency domain format table; wherein, Each first target format group in the first frequency domain format table includes each subband and a target transmission direction corresponding to each subband;
    所述第一频域格式表是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示的。The first frequency domain format table is preconfigured or predefined by a protocol or indicated in advance by a network side device.
  32. 根据权利要求25所述的资源确定方法,其中,所述网络侧设备发送频域格式指示信息包括:The resource determination method according to claim 25, wherein the sending of the frequency domain format indication information by the network side device comprises:
    所述网络侧设备发送至少一个频域格式指示信息;The network side device sends at least one frequency domain format indication information;
    其中,一个频域格式指示信息对应指示一个频域资源单元,且不同的所述频域格式指示信息对应指示不同的频域资源单元。One frequency domain format indication information corresponds to one frequency domain resource unit, and different frequency domain format indication information corresponds to different frequency domain resource units.
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的资源确定方法,其中,一个所述频域格式指示信息对应指示一个终端组,所述终端组包括所述终端。The resource determination method according to claim 32, wherein one of the frequency-domain format indication information corresponds to one terminal group, and the terminal group includes the terminal.
  34. 根据权利要求25所述的资源确定方法,其中,所述频域格式指示信息包括第三索引组;The resource determination method according to claim 25, wherein the frequency domain format indication information comprises a third index group;
    所述第三索引组用于指示第三频域格式表中的至少一个第三目标格式组,其中每一个第三目标格式组分别对应指示一个子带;The third index group is used to indicate at least one third target format group in the third frequency-domain format table, wherein each third target format group respectively indicates a subband;
    其中,一个第三目标格式组用于指示一个时域资源单元中至少一个符号、子时隙或时隙分别对应的目标传输方向;Wherein, a third target format group is used to indicate the target transmission direction respectively corresponding to at least one symbol, sub-slot or time slot in a time-domain resource unit;
    所述第三频域格式表是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示给终端的。The third frequency domain format table is pre-configured or predefined by a protocol or indicated to the terminal in advance by the network side device.
  35. 根据权利要求25所述的资源确定方法,其中,所述频域格式指示信息包括第四索引;The resource determination method according to claim 25, wherein the frequency domain format indication information comprises a fourth index;
    所述第四索引用于指示第五频域格式表中的第四目标格式组,其中第四目标格式组包括至少一个第五目标格式组;The fourth index is used to indicate a fourth target format group in the fifth frequency domain format table, wherein the fourth target format group includes at least one fifth target format group;
    其中,每一个第五目标格式组分别对应指示一个子带;Wherein, each fifth target format group indicates a subband correspondingly;
    一个第五目标格式组用于指示一个时域资源单元中至少一个符号、 子时隙或时隙分别对应的目标传输方向;A fifth target format group is used to indicate the target transmission direction respectively corresponding to at least one symbol, sub-slot or time slot in a time-domain resource unit;
    所述第五频域格式表是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示给终端的。The fifth frequency domain format table is pre-configured or predefined by a protocol or indicated to the terminal in advance by the network side device.
  36. 根据权利要求25-35任一项所述的资源确定方法,其中,所述频域格式指示信息用于指示频域格式生效的目标时间段。The resource determination method according to any one of claims 25-35, wherein the frequency-domain format indication information is used to indicate a target time period during which the frequency-domain format takes effect.
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的资源确定方法,其中,所述目标时间段包括:The resource determination method of claim 36, wherein the target time period comprises:
    从所述终端接收所述频域格式指示信息的监控周期至所述终端接收到下一个频域格式指示信息。A monitoring period from when the terminal receives the frequency-domain format indication information to when the terminal receives the next frequency-domain format indication information.
  38. 根据权利要求36所述的资源确定方法,其中,所述频域格式指示信息用于指示第一时间段为所述目标时间段。The resource determination method according to claim 36, wherein the frequency domain format indication information is used to indicate that the first time period is the target time period.
  39. 根据权利要求36所述的资源确定方法,其中,所述频域格式指示信息包括第二索引;所述第二索引用于指示第二频域格式表中的第二目标格式组;其中,第二频域格式表中每一个第二目标格式组包括每一个子带和所述每一个子带对应的目标传输方向和所述第二目标格式组的所述目标时间段;所述第二频域格式表是预配置的或协议预定义的或网络侧设备预先指示给终端的。The resource determination method according to claim 36, wherein the frequency-domain format indication information includes a second index; the second index is used to indicate a second target format group in the second frequency-domain format table; wherein the first Each second target format group in the two-frequency-domain format table includes each subband, a target transmission direction corresponding to each subband, and the target time period of the second target format group; the second frequency The domain format table is pre-configured or pre-defined by the protocol or indicated to the terminal in advance by the network side device.
  40. 根据权利要求37-39任一项所述的资源确定方法,其中,所述目标时间段的起始时刻在承载所述频域格式指示信息的PDCCH的最后一个符号之后。The resource determination method according to any one of claims 37-39, wherein the start time of the target time period is after the last symbol of the PDCCH carrying the frequency domain format indication information.
  41. 根据权利要求25-35任一项所述的资源确定方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The resource determination method according to any one of claims 25-35, wherein the method further comprises:
    向终端发送监控指示信息,所述监控指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:Send monitoring indication information to the terminal, where the monitoring indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
    指示检测频域格式指示信息的监控周期和监控偏移;Indicate the monitoring period and monitoring offset of the detection frequency domain format indication information;
    指示终端仅监测所述频域格式指示信息;instructing the terminal to monitor only the frequency domain format indication information;
    指示终端不监测时域格式指示信息SFI。Indicates that the terminal does not monitor the time domain format indication information SFI.
  42. 根据权利要求25-35任一项所述的资源确定方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The resource determination method according to any one of claims 25-35, wherein the method further comprises:
    在发送所述频域格式指示信息之后,发送新的频域格式指示信息;After sending the frequency domain format indication information, send new frequency domain format indication information;
    所述新的频域格式指示信息用于指示所述灵活子带的目标传输方向。The new frequency domain format indication information is used to indicate the target transmission direction of the flexible subband.
  43. 根据权利要求25-35任一项所述的资源确定方法,其中,所述频域格式指示信息基于高层信令半静态指示或基于MAC CE指示或基于DCI动态指示。The resource determination method according to any one of claims 25-35, wherein the frequency domain format indication information is based on a high-layer signaling semi-static indication or based on a MAC CE indication or based on a DCI dynamic indication.
  44. 一种资源确定装置,包括:A resource determination device, comprising:
    第一接收模块,用于接收网络侧设备发送的频域格式指示信息;a first receiving module, configured to receive frequency domain format indication information sent by a network side device;
    第一确定模块,用于基于所述频域格式指示信息,确定一个频域资源单元中至少一个子带对应的目标传输方向;a first determining module, configured to determine, based on the frequency-domain format indication information, a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit;
    其中,所述目标传输方向包括:上行方向,下行方向,或灵活方向;Wherein, the target transmission direction includes: an uplink direction, a downlink direction, or a flexible direction;
    所述目标传输方向为灵活方向的灵活子带可用于上行传输或下行传输。The flexible subband whose target transmission direction is the flexible direction may be used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission.
  45. 一种资源确定装置,包括:A resource determination device, comprising:
    第一发送模块,用于发送频域格式指示信息,所述频域格式指示信息用于指示一个频域资源单元中至少一个子带对应的目标传输方向;a first sending module, configured to send frequency-domain format indication information, where the frequency-domain format indication information is used to indicate a target transmission direction corresponding to at least one subband in a frequency-domain resource unit;
    其中,所述目标传输方向包括:上行方向,下行方向,或灵活方向;Wherein, the target transmission direction includes: an uplink direction, a downlink direction, or a flexible direction;
    所述目标传输方向为灵活方向的灵活子带可用于上行传输或下行传输。The flexible subband whose target transmission direction is the flexible direction may be used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission.
  46. 一种终端,包括处理器,存储器及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令,所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至24任一项所述的资源确定方法的步骤。A terminal, comprising a processor, a memory, and a program or instruction stored on the memory and executable on the processor, the program or instruction being executed by the processor to implement any one of claims 1 to 24. One of the steps of the resource determination method.
  47. 一种网络侧设备,包括处理器,存储器及存储在所述存储器上并 可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令,所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如权利要求25至43任一项所述的资源确定方法的步骤。A network-side device, comprising a processor, a memory, and a program or instruction stored on the memory and running on the processor, the program or instruction being executed by the processor to achieve as claimed in claim 25 to 43. The steps of any one of the resource determination methods.
  48. 一种可读存储介质,所述可读存储介质上存储程序或指令,所述程序或指令被处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至24任一项所述的资源确定方法的步骤,或者实现如权利要求25至43任一项所述的资源确定方法的步骤。A readable storage medium, on which a program or an instruction is stored, and when the program or instruction is executed by a processor, the steps of the resource determination method according to any one of claims 1 to 24 are implemented, or the The steps of the resource determination method according to any one of claims 25 to 43.
PCT/CN2022/085473 2021-04-07 2022-04-07 Resource determination method and apparatus, and terminal, network-side device and storage medium WO2022214013A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110373522.6 2021-04-07
CN202110373522.6A CN115175336A (en) 2021-04-07 2021-04-07 Resource determination method, device, terminal, network side equipment and storage medium

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022214013A1 true WO2022214013A1 (en) 2022-10-13

Family

ID=83476039

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/085473 WO2022214013A1 (en) 2021-04-07 2022-04-07 Resource determination method and apparatus, and terminal, network-side device and storage medium

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115175336A (en)
WO (1) WO2022214013A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN116095855A (en) * 2021-10-30 2023-05-09 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110474755A (en) * 2018-05-11 2019-11-19 华硕电脑股份有限公司 Method and apparatus for determining the time slot configuration in wireless communication system
CN111148238A (en) * 2018-11-03 2020-05-12 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 Method and apparatus in a node used for wireless communication
CN111279777A (en) * 2017-10-26 2020-06-12 Lg电子株式会社 Method and apparatus for operating according to group common DCI in wireless communication system

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111279777A (en) * 2017-10-26 2020-06-12 Lg电子株式会社 Method and apparatus for operating according to group common DCI in wireless communication system
CN110474755A (en) * 2018-05-11 2019-11-19 华硕电脑股份有限公司 Method and apparatus for determining the time slot configuration in wireless communication system
CN111148238A (en) * 2018-11-03 2020-05-12 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 Method and apparatus in a node used for wireless communication

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115175336A (en) 2022-10-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN109699054B (en) Method for detecting downlink control information, terminal equipment and network equipment
US11153035B2 (en) Scheduling method and related apparatus
CN110447200B (en) Method and device for transmitting DMRS
WO2018205874A1 (en) Transmission method, terminal, and network device
EP4280755A1 (en) Transmission processing method and related device
CN111436085B (en) Communication method and device
WO2023025016A1 (en) Transmission processing method and apparatus, and device
WO2022194249A1 (en) Harq ack feedback method and apparatus, and terminal and storage medium
WO2022214013A1 (en) Resource determination method and apparatus, and terminal, network-side device and storage medium
WO2018228496A1 (en) Indication method, processing method, and apparatus
WO2023011588A1 (en) Pdcch monitoring method, and related device and readable storage medium
WO2023011589A1 (en) Pdcch monitoring method, and related device and readable storage medium
WO2022218368A1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining sidelink feedback resource, terminal and storage medium
WO2019010762A1 (en) Data transmission method and device
EP3609258B1 (en) Parameter configuration method and apparatus
US20230354064A1 (en) Signal configuration method and apparatus, device, and storage medium
WO2022206554A1 (en) Transmission direction determination method and apparatus, terminal, and network side device
WO2023134585A1 (en) Downlink transmission method, and terminal and network-side device
WO2022257828A1 (en) Information transmission and indication method and apparatus, and communication device
WO2023036151A1 (en) Slot configuration method, terminal and network side device
WO2023143428A1 (en) Information transmission method and device, terminal, and network side device
WO2022214017A1 (en) Transmission method and apparatus, terminal, and network side device
WO2022237680A1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining uplink transmission time window, terminal, and network side device
WO2022242557A1 (en) Control channel monitoring method and device
WO2024067571A1 (en) Flexible duplex sbfd information indication method, terminal, and network side device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22784079

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 22784079

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1